overlay: fix cursor visibility (#766)

After #739 there was a regression where the cursor visibility became
inconsistent if the FPS display was shown and then another overlay
window was toggled. Fix the imgui cursor toggle logic to only check for
the overlay layer visibility.

src/spice2x/cfg/config.cpp

@@ -1331,17 +1331,32 @@ bool Config::firstFillConfigFile() {
 }
 
 void Config::saveConfigFile() {
-    // create a .tmp file and write to it...
+    // write the new config to a .tmp file first...
     const auto xml_result = this->configFile.SaveFile(this->configLocationTemp.c_str(), false);
     if (xml_result != tinyxml2::XMLError::XML_SUCCESS) {
         log_info("cfg", "failed to write file: {}", this->configLocationTemp);
         return;
     }
-    // copy the .tmp file to the main file...
-    if (CopyFileW(this->configLocationTemp.c_str(), this->configLocation.c_str(), false) == 0) {
-        log_warning("cfg", "CopyFileA failed: 0x{:08x}", GetLastError());
+
+    // ...flush the .tmp file to disk so a crash/power loss can't leave it half-written...
+    HANDLE tmp_handle = CreateFileW(
+        this->configLocationTemp.c_str(),
+        GENERIC_WRITE, FILE_SHARE_READ, nullptr,
+        OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, nullptr);
+    if (tmp_handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+        FlushFileBuffers(tmp_handle);
+        CloseHandle(tmp_handle);
+    }
+
+    // ...then atomically replace the real config with the .tmp file.
+    // Unlike CopyFile (which truncates and rewrites the destination in place),
+    // an NTFS rename is atomic: the existing config is never left half-overwritten,
+    // so an interrupted save can't corrupt it. MoveFileEx also removes the .tmp on success.
+    if (MoveFileExW(
+            this->configLocationTemp.c_str(),
+            this->configLocation.c_str(),
+            MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING | MOVEFILE_WRITE_THROUGH) == 0) {
+        log_warning("cfg", "MoveFileExW failed: 0x{:08x}", GetLastError());
         return;
     }
-    // delete the .tmp file (not critical if this fails)
-    DeleteFileW(this->configLocationTemp.c_str());
 }

src/spice2x/cfg/configurator_wnd.cpp

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 #include "overlay/overlay.h"
 #include "util/logging.h"
 #include "util/precise_timer.h"
+#include "util/utils.h"
 #include "cfg/configurator.h"
 
 #include "icon.h"
@@ -214,6 +215,8 @@ cfg::ConfiguratorWindow::ConfiguratorWindow() {
 
     if (this->hWnd) {
         overlay::USE_WM_CHAR_FOR_IMGUI_CHAR_INPUT = true;
+        // force dark title bar
+        set_window_dark_titlebar(this->hWnd, true);
     }
 }
 

src/spice2x/cfg/controller_presets.cpp

@@ -359,13 +359,12 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
             return false;
         }
 
-        std::error_code ec;
-        std::filesystem::rename(path_tmp, path, ec);
-        if (ec) {
-            log_warning("templates", "failed to rename templates file: {}", ec.message());
+        if (MoveFileExW(path_tmp.c_str(), path.c_str(), MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING | MOVEFILE_WRITE_THROUGH) == 0) {
+            log_warning("templates", "failed to rename templates file: 0x{:08x}", GetLastError());
             return false;
         }
 
+        log_info("templates", "templates file saved successfully");
         return true;
     }
 
@@ -397,8 +396,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
             auto path_tmp = path;
             path_tmp.replace_extension(L"tmp");
             if (doc.SaveFile(path_tmp.c_str()) == tinyxml2::XML_SUCCESS) {
-                std::error_code ec;
-                std::filesystem::rename(path_tmp, path, ec);
+                MoveFileExW(path_tmp.c_str(), path.c_str(), MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING | MOVEFILE_WRITE_THROUGH);
             }
         }
 
@@ -434,8 +432,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
             auto path_tmp = path;
             path_tmp.replace_extension(L"tmp");
             if (doc.SaveFile(path_tmp.c_str()) == tinyxml2::XML_SUCCESS) {
-                std::error_code ec;
-                std::filesystem::rename(path_tmp, path, ec);
+                MoveFileExW(path_tmp.c_str(), path.c_str(), MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING | MOVEFILE_WRITE_THROUGH);
             }
         }
 

src/spice2x/external/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp

@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 //  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) even with 16-bit indices (ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset).
 //  [X] Renderer: Texture updates support for dynamic font atlas (ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures).
 //  [X] Renderer: Expose selected render state for draw callbacks to use. Access in '(ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderState*)GetPlatformIO().Renderer_RenderState'.
+//  [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'.
 
 // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
 // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
@@ -17,10 +18,13 @@
 
 // CHANGELOG
 // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2026-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface.
+//  2026-04-23: DirectX11: Added support for standard draw callbacks (in platform_io): DrawCallback_ResetRenderState, DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear, DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest. Obsoleting samplers from ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState. (#9378)
 //  2026-01-19: DirectX11: Added 'SamplerNearest' in ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState. Renamed 'SamplerDefault' to 'SamplerLinear'.
 //  2025-09-18: Call platform_io.ClearRendererHandlers() on shutdown.
 //  2025-06-11: DirectX11: Added support for ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures, for dynamic font atlas.
 //  2025-05-07: DirectX11: Honor draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow for custom backends and experiment using it (consistently with other renderer backends, even though in normal condition it is not set under Windows).
+//  2025-02-24: [Docking] Added undocumented ImGui_ImplDX11_SetSwapChainDescs() to configure swap chain creation for secondary viewports.
 //  2025-01-06: DirectX11: Expose VertexConstantBuffer in ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState. Reset projection matrix in ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState handler.
 //  2024-10-07: DirectX11: Changed default texture sampler to Clamp instead of Repeat/Wrap.
 //  2024-10-07: DirectX11: Expose selected render state in ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState, which you can access in 'void* platform_io.Renderer_RenderState' during draw callbacks.
@@ -111,6 +115,8 @@ struct ImGui_ImplDX11_Data
     ID3D11DepthStencilState*    pDepthStencilState;
     int                         VertexBufferSize;
     int                         IndexBufferSize;
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState* RenderState;            // == (ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState*)ImGui::GetPlatformIO().Renderer_RenderState during rendering.
+    ImVector<DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC> SwapChainDescsForViewports;
 
     ImGui_ImplDX11_Data()       { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); VertexBufferSize = 5000; IndexBufferSize = 10000; }
 };
@@ -127,6 +133,10 @@ static ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData()
     return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplDX11_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr;
 }
 
+// Forward Declarations
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_InitMultiViewportSupport();
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport();
+
 // Functions
 static void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetupRenderState(const ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_ctx)
 {
@@ -185,6 +195,11 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetupRenderState(const ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D11D
     device_ctx->RSSetState(bd->pRasterizerState);
 }
 
+// Draw callbacks
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_DrawCallback_ResetRenderState(const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*)       {} // Intentionally empty. Used as an identifier for rendering loop to call its code. Simpler to implement this way.
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear(const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*)       { ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData(); bd->RenderState->DeviceContext->PSSetSamplers(0, 1, &bd->pTexSamplerLinear); }
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest(const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*)      { ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData(); bd->RenderState->DeviceContext->PSSetSamplers(0, 1, &bd->pTexSamplerNearest); }
+
 // Render function
 void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
 {
@@ -209,7 +224,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
         bd->VertexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalVtxCount + 5000;
         D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc = {};
         desc.Usage = D3D11_USAGE_DYNAMIC;
-        desc.ByteWidth = bd->VertexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawVert);
+        desc.ByteWidth = (UINT)bd->VertexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawVert);
         desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_VERTEX_BUFFER;
         desc.CPUAccessFlags = D3D11_CPU_ACCESS_WRITE;
         desc.MiscFlags = 0;
@@ -222,7 +237,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
         bd->IndexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalIdxCount + 10000;
         D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc = {};
         desc.Usage = D3D11_USAGE_DYNAMIC;
-        desc.ByteWidth = bd->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx);
+        desc.ByteWidth = (UINT)bd->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx);
         desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_INDEX_BUFFER;
         desc.CPUAccessFlags = D3D11_CPU_ACCESS_WRITE;
         if (bd->pd3dDevice->CreateBuffer(&desc, nullptr, &bd->pIB) < 0)
@@ -300,10 +315,8 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState render_state;
     render_state.Device = bd->pd3dDevice;
     render_state.DeviceContext = bd->pd3dDeviceContext;
-    render_state.SamplerLinear = bd->pTexSamplerLinear;
-    render_state.SamplerNearest = bd->pTexSamplerNearest;
     render_state.VertexConstantBuffer = bd->pVertexConstantBuffer;
-    platform_io.Renderer_RenderState = &render_state;
+    platform_io.Renderer_RenderState = bd->RenderState = &render_state;
 
     // Render command lists
     // (Because we merged all buffers into a single one, we maintain our own offset into them)
@@ -319,8 +332,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
             if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr)
             {
                 // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
-                // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
-                if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
+                if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImGui_ImplDX11_DrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
                     ImGui_ImplDX11_SetupRenderState(draw_data, device);
                 else
                     pcmd->UserCallback(draw_list, pcmd);
@@ -346,7 +358,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
         global_idx_offset += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
         global_vtx_offset += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
     }
-    platform_io.Renderer_RenderState = nullptr;
+    platform_io.Renderer_RenderState = bd->RenderState = nullptr;
 
     // Restore modified DX state
     device->RSSetScissorRects(old.ScissorRectsCount, old.ScissorRects);
@@ -670,9 +682,13 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(ID3D11Device* device, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_co
     io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_dx11";
     io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
     io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures;   // We can honor ImGuiPlatformIO::Textures[] requests during render.
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports;  // We can create multi-viewports on the Renderer side (optional)
 
     ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
     platform_io.Renderer_TextureMaxWidth = platform_io.Renderer_TextureMaxHeight = D3D11_REQ_TEXTURE2D_U_OR_V_DIMENSION;
+    platform_io.DrawCallback_ResetRenderState = ImGui_ImplDX11_DrawCallback_ResetRenderState;
+    platform_io.DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear = ImGui_ImplDX11_DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear;
+    platform_io.DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest = ImGui_ImplDX11_DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest;
 
     // Get factory from device
     IDXGIDevice* pDXGIDevice = nullptr;
@@ -692,6 +708,8 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(ID3D11Device* device, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_co
     bd->pd3dDevice->AddRef();
     bd->pd3dDeviceContext->AddRef();
 
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_InitMultiViewportSupport();
+
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -702,6 +720,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown()
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
 
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport();
     ImGui_ImplDX11_InvalidateDeviceObjects();
     if (bd->pFactory)             { bd->pFactory->Release(); }
     if (bd->pd3dDevice)           { bd->pd3dDevice->Release(); }
@@ -709,7 +728,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown()
 
     io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;
     io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;
-    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures);
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports);
     platform_io.ClearRendererHandlers();
     IM_DELETE(bd);
 }
@@ -724,6 +743,152 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame()
             IM_ASSERT(0 && "ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects() failed!");
 }
 
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// MULTI-VIEWPORT / PLATFORM INTERFACE SUPPORT
+// This is an _advanced_ and _optional_ feature, allowing the backend to create and handle multiple viewports simultaneously.
+// If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first..
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data.
+struct ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData
+{
+    IDXGISwapChain*                 SwapChain;
+    ID3D11RenderTargetView*         RTView;
+
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData()   { SwapChain = nullptr; RTView = nullptr; }
+    ~ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData()  { IM_ASSERT(SwapChain == nullptr && RTView == nullptr); }
+};
+
+// Multi-Viewports: configure templates used when creating swapchains for secondary viewports. Will try them in order.
+// This is intentionally not declared in the .h file yet, so you will need to copy this declaration:
+void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetSwapChainDescs(const DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC* desc_templates, int desc_templates_count);
+void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetSwapChainDescs(const DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC* desc_templates, int desc_templates_count)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData();
+    bd->SwapChainDescsForViewports.resize(desc_templates_count);
+    memcpy(bd->SwapChainDescsForViewports.Data, desc_templates, sizeof(DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC));
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData();
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData)();
+    viewport->RendererUserData = vd;
+
+    // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL's WindowID).
+    // Some backends will leave PlatformHandleRaw == 0, in which case we assume PlatformHandle will contain the HWND.
+    HWND hwnd = viewport->PlatformHandleRaw ? (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw : (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandle;
+    IM_ASSERT(hwnd != 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(vd->SwapChain == nullptr && vd->RTView == nullptr);
+
+    // Create swap chain
+    HRESULT hr = DXGI_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED;
+    for (const DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC& sd_template : bd->SwapChainDescsForViewports)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(sd_template.BufferDesc.Width == 0 && sd_template.BufferDesc.Height == 0 && sd_template.OutputWindow == nullptr);
+        DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC sd = sd_template;
+        sd.BufferDesc.Width = (UINT)viewport->Size.x;
+        sd.BufferDesc.Height = (UINT)viewport->Size.y;
+        sd.OutputWindow = hwnd;
+        hr = bd->pFactory->CreateSwapChain(bd->pd3dDevice, &sd, &vd->SwapChain);
+        if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
+            break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+    bd->pFactory->MakeWindowAssociation(hwnd, DXGI_MWA_NO_ALT_ENTER | DXGI_MWA_NO_WINDOW_CHANGES); // Disable e.g. Alt+Enter
+
+    // Create the render target
+    if (vd->SwapChain != nullptr)
+    {
+        ID3D11Texture2D* pBackBuffer;
+        vd->SwapChain->GetBuffer(0, IID_PPV_ARGS(&pBackBuffer));
+        bd->pd3dDevice->CreateRenderTargetView(pBackBuffer, nullptr, &vd->RTView);
+        pBackBuffer->Release();
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    // The main viewport (owned by the application) will always have RendererUserData == nullptr since we didn't create the data for it.
+    if (ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData*)viewport->RendererUserData)
+    {
+        if (vd->SwapChain)
+            vd->SwapChain->Release();
+        vd->SwapChain = nullptr;
+        if (vd->RTView)
+            vd->RTView->Release();
+        vd->RTView = nullptr;
+        IM_DELETE(vd);
+    }
+    viewport->RendererUserData = nullptr;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 size)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData();
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData*)viewport->RendererUserData;
+    if (vd->RTView)
+    {
+        vd->RTView->Release();
+        vd->RTView = nullptr;
+    }
+    if (vd->SwapChain)
+    {
+        ID3D11Texture2D* pBackBuffer = nullptr;
+        vd->SwapChain->ResizeBuffers(0, (UINT)size.x, (UINT)size.y, DXGI_FORMAT_UNKNOWN, 0);
+        vd->SwapChain->GetBuffer(0, IID_PPV_ARGS(&pBackBuffer));
+        if (pBackBuffer == nullptr) { fprintf(stderr, "ImGui_ImplDX11_SetWindowSize() failed creating buffers.\n"); return; }
+        bd->pd3dDevice->CreateRenderTargetView(pBackBuffer, nullptr, &vd->RTView);
+        pBackBuffer->Release();
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData();
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData*)viewport->RendererUserData;
+    ImVec4 clear_color = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+    bd->pd3dDeviceContext->OMSetRenderTargets(1, &vd->RTView, nullptr);
+    if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear))
+        bd->pd3dDeviceContext->ClearRenderTargetView(vd->RTView, (float*)&clear_color);
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(viewport->DrawData);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_SwapBuffers(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData*)viewport->RendererUserData;
+    if (vd->SwapChain)
+        vd->SwapChain->Present(0, 0); // Present without vsync
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_InitMultiViewportSupport()
+{
+    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+    platform_io.Renderer_CreateWindow = ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateWindow;
+    platform_io.Renderer_DestroyWindow = ImGui_ImplDX11_DestroyWindow;
+    platform_io.Renderer_SetWindowSize = ImGui_ImplDX11_SetWindowSize;
+    platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow = ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderWindow;
+    platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers = ImGui_ImplDX11_SwapBuffers;
+
+    // Default swapchain format
+    DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC sd;
+    ZeroMemory(&sd, sizeof(sd));
+    sd.BufferDesc.Format = DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM;
+    sd.SampleDesc.Count = 1;
+    sd.SampleDesc.Quality = 0;
+    sd.BufferUsage = DXGI_USAGE_RENDER_TARGET_OUTPUT;
+    sd.BufferCount = 1;
+    sd.Windowed = TRUE;
+    sd.SwapEffect = DXGI_SWAP_EFFECT_DISCARD;
+    sd.Flags = 0;
+    ImGui_ImplDX11_SetSwapChainDescs(&sd, 1);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplDX11_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport()
+{
+    ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows();
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

src/spice2x/external/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h

@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 //  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) even with 16-bit indices (ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset).
 //  [X] Renderer: Texture updates support for dynamic font atlas (ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures).
 //  [X] Renderer: Expose selected render state for draw callbacks to use. Access in '(ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderState*)GetPlatformIO().Renderer_RenderState'.
+//  [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'.
 
 // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
 // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
@@ -44,9 +45,9 @@ struct ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState
 {
     ID3D11Device*           Device;
     ID3D11DeviceContext*    DeviceContext;
-    ID3D11SamplerState*     SamplerLinear;
-    ID3D11SamplerState*     SamplerNearest;
     ID3D11Buffer*           VertexConstantBuffer;
+    //ID3D11SamplerState*   SamplerLinear;          // Use ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImGui::GetPlatform().DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear)
+    //ID3D11SamplerState*   SamplerNearest;         // Use ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImGui::GetPlatform().DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest)
 };
 
 #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

src/spice2x/external/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp

@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
 // CHANGELOG
 // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
 //  2026-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface.
+//  2026-04-23: Added support for standard draw callbacks (in platform_io): DrawCallback_ResetRenderState, DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear, DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest. (#9378)
 //  2026-03-19: Fixed issue in ImGui_ImplDX9_UpdateTexture() if ImTextureID_Invalid is defined to be != 0, which became the default since 2026-03-12. (#9295, #9310)
 //  2025-09-18: Call platform_io.ClearRendererHandlers() on shutdown.
 //  2025-06-11: DirectX9: Added support for ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures, for dynamic font atlas.
@@ -110,7 +111,70 @@ struct render_state_t {
 };
 
 // Functions
-static void ImGui_ImplDX9_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, struct render_state_t *render_state)
+
+// spice ldj
+// Save the host game's render targets / depth-stencil and redirect rendering to the
+// device back buffer. Must be called exactly once per RenderDrawData (paired with the
+// restore block at the end of RenderDrawData), NOT from SetupRenderState which can be
+// re-invoked via ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState.
+static void ImGui_ImplDX9_RedirectToBackBuffer(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 device, struct render_state_t *render_state)
+{
+    if (FAILED(device->GetDeviceCaps(&render_state->caps))) {
+        render_state->caps.NumSimultaneousRTs = 0UL;
+    }
+
+    // save all previous render target state
+    for (size_t target = 0; target < std::min(8UL, render_state->caps.NumSimultaneousRTs); target++) {
+        if (FAILED(device->GetRenderTarget(target, &render_state->render_targets[target]))) {
+            render_state->render_targets[target] = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // get the previous depth stencil
+    if (FAILED(device->GetDepthStencilSurface(&render_state->depth_stencil))) {
+        render_state->depth_stencil = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    // set the back buffer as the current render target
+    if (SUCCEEDED(device->GetBackBuffer(0, 0, D3DBACKBUFFER_TYPE_MONO, &render_state->back_buffer))) {
+        device->SetRenderTarget(0, render_state->back_buffer);
+        device->SetDepthStencilSurface(nullptr);
+
+        for (size_t target = 1; target < std::min(8UL, render_state->caps.NumSimultaneousRTs); target++) {
+            device->SetRenderTarget(target, nullptr);
+        }
+    } else {
+        render_state->back_buffer = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+// spice ldj
+// Restore the host game's render targets / depth-stencil saved by
+// ImGui_ImplDX9_RedirectToBackBuffer and release all references taken there.
+static void ImGui_ImplDX9_RestoreRenderTargets(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 device, struct render_state_t *render_state)
+{
+    if (render_state->back_buffer) {
+        render_state->back_buffer->Release();
+        render_state->back_buffer = nullptr;
+    }
+    // restore previous depth stencil
+    if (render_state->depth_stencil) {
+        device->SetDepthStencilSurface(render_state->depth_stencil);
+        render_state->depth_stencil->Release();
+        render_state->depth_stencil = nullptr;
+    }
+    // restore all render target state
+    for (size_t target = 0; target < std::min(8UL, render_state->caps.NumSimultaneousRTs); target++) {
+        auto render_target = render_state->render_targets[target];
+
+        if (render_target) {
+            device->SetRenderTarget(target, render_target);
+            render_target->Release();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplDX9_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data)
 {
     ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX9_GetBackendData();
 
@@ -125,37 +189,6 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX9_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, struct render_
     LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 device = bd->pd3dDevice;
     device->SetViewport(&vp);
 
-    // spice ldj
-    {
-        if (FAILED(device->GetDeviceCaps(&render_state->caps))) {
-            render_state->caps.NumSimultaneousRTs = 0UL;
-        }
-
-        // save all previous render target state
-        for (size_t target = 0; target < std::min(8UL, render_state->caps.NumSimultaneousRTs); target++) {
-            if (FAILED(device->GetRenderTarget(target, &render_state->render_targets[target]))) {
-                render_state->render_targets[target] = nullptr;
-            }
-        }
-
-        // get the previous depth stencil
-        if (FAILED(device->GetDepthStencilSurface(&render_state->depth_stencil))) {
-            render_state->depth_stencil = nullptr;
-        }
-
-        // set the back buffer as the current render target
-        if (SUCCEEDED(device->GetBackBuffer(0, 0, D3DBACKBUFFER_TYPE_MONO, &render_state->back_buffer))) {
-            device->SetRenderTarget(0, render_state->back_buffer);
-            device->SetDepthStencilSurface(nullptr);
-
-            for (size_t target = 1; target < std::min(8UL, render_state->caps.NumSimultaneousRTs); target++) {
-                device->SetRenderTarget(target, nullptr);
-            }
-        } else {
-            render_state->back_buffer = nullptr;
-        }
-    }
-
     // Setup render state: fixed-pipeline, alpha-blending, no face culling, no depth testing, shade mode (for gradient), bilinear sampling.
     device->SetPixelShader(nullptr);
     device->SetVertexShader(nullptr);
@@ -214,6 +247,11 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX9_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, struct render_
     }
 }
 
+// Draw callbacks
+static void ImGui_ImplDX9_DrawCallback_ResetRenderState(const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*)    {} // Intentionally empty. Used as an identifier for rendering loop to call its code. Simpler to implement this way.
+static void ImGui_ImplDX9_DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear(const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*)    { ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX9_GetBackendData(); bd->pd3dDevice->SetSamplerState(0, D3DSAMP_MINFILTER, D3DTEXF_LINEAR); bd->pd3dDevice->SetSamplerState(0, D3DSAMP_MAGFILTER, D3DTEXF_LINEAR); }
+static void ImGui_ImplDX9_DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest(const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*)   { ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX9_GetBackendData(); bd->pd3dDevice->SetSamplerState(0, D3DSAMP_MINFILTER, D3DTEXF_POINT); bd->pd3dDevice->SetSamplerState(0, D3DSAMP_MAGFILTER, D3DTEXF_POINT); }
+
 // Render function.
 void ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
 {
@@ -236,14 +274,14 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     {
         if (bd->pVB) { bd->pVB->Release(); bd->pVB = nullptr; }
         bd->VertexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalVtxCount + 5000;
-        if (device->CreateVertexBuffer(bd->VertexBufferSize * sizeof(CUSTOMVERTEX), D3DUSAGE_DYNAMIC | D3DUSAGE_WRITEONLY, D3DFVF_CUSTOMVERTEX, D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, &bd->pVB, nullptr) < 0)
+        if (device->CreateVertexBuffer((UINT)bd->VertexBufferSize * sizeof(CUSTOMVERTEX), D3DUSAGE_DYNAMIC | D3DUSAGE_WRITEONLY, D3DFVF_CUSTOMVERTEX, D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, &bd->pVB, nullptr) < 0)
             return;
     }
     if (!bd->pIB || bd->IndexBufferSize < draw_data->TotalIdxCount)
     {
         if (bd->pIB) { bd->pIB->Release(); bd->pIB = nullptr; }
         bd->IndexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalIdxCount + 10000;
-        if (device->CreateIndexBuffer(bd->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx), D3DUSAGE_DYNAMIC | D3DUSAGE_WRITEONLY, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? D3DFMT_INDEX16 : D3DFMT_INDEX32, D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, &bd->pIB, nullptr) < 0)
+        if (device->CreateIndexBuffer((UINT)bd->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx), D3DUSAGE_DYNAMIC | D3DUSAGE_WRITEONLY, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? D3DFMT_INDEX16 : D3DFMT_INDEX32, D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, &bd->pIB, nullptr) < 0)
             return;
     }
 
@@ -305,9 +343,16 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     device->SetIndices(bd->pIB);
     device->SetFVF(D3DFVF_CUSTOMVERTEX);
 
-    // Setup desired DX state
+
+    // spice ldj: redirect to back buffer once (before SetupRenderState so its
+    // viewport isn't clobbered by SetRenderTarget); paired with
+    // ImGui_ImplDX9_RestoreRenderTargets after the render loop.
     struct render_state_t render_state = {};
-    ImGui_ImplDX9_SetupRenderState(draw_data, &render_state);
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_RedirectToBackBuffer(device, &render_state);
+
+
+    // Setup desired DX state
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_SetupRenderState(draw_data);
 
     // Render command lists
     // (Because we merged all buffers into a single one, we maintain our own offset into them)
@@ -322,9 +367,8 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
             if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr)
             {
                 // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
-                // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
-                if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
-                    ImGui_ImplDX9_SetupRenderState(draw_data, &render_state);
+                if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImGui_ImplDX9_DrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
+                    ImGui_ImplDX9_SetupRenderState(draw_data);
                 else
                     pcmd->UserCallback(draw_list, pcmd);
             }
@@ -356,27 +400,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
         bd->pd3dDevice->DrawIndexedPrimitive(D3DPT_TRIANGLELIST, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
 
     // spice ldj
-    {
-        if (render_state.back_buffer) {
-            render_state.back_buffer->Release();
-            render_state.back_buffer = nullptr;
-        }
-        // restore previous depth stencil
-        if (render_state.depth_stencil) {
-            device->SetDepthStencilSurface(render_state.depth_stencil);
-            render_state.depth_stencil->Release();
-            render_state.depth_stencil = nullptr;
-        }
-        // restore all render target state
-        for (size_t target = 0; target < std::min(8UL, render_state.caps.NumSimultaneousRTs); target++) {
-            auto render_target = render_state.render_targets[target];
-
-            if (render_target) {
-                device->SetRenderTarget(target, render_target);
-                render_target->Release();
-            }
-        }
-    }
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_RestoreRenderTargets(device, &render_state);
 
     // Restore the DX9 transform
     device->SetTransform(D3DTS_WORLD, &last_world);
@@ -406,50 +430,6 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplDX9_CheckFormatSupport(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice, D3DFORMA
     return support;
 }
 
-bool ImGui_ImplDX9_Init(IDirect3DDevice9* device)
-{
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
-    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
-
-    // Setup backend capabilities flags
-    ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplDX9_Data)();
-    io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
-    io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_dx9";
-    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
-    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures;   // We can honor ImGuiPlatformIO::Textures[] requests during render.
-    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports;  // We can create multi-viewports on the Renderer side (optional)
-
-    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
-    platform_io.Renderer_TextureMaxWidth = platform_io.Renderer_TextureMaxHeight = 4096;
-
-    bd->pd3dDevice = device;
-    bd->pd3dDevice->AddRef();
-    bd->HasRgbaSupport = ImGui_ImplDX9_CheckFormatSupport(bd->pd3dDevice, D3DFMT_A8B8G8R8);
-
-    ImGui_ImplDX9_InitMultiViewportSupport();
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplDX9_Shutdown()
-{
-    ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX9_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
-
-    ImGui_ImplDX9_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport();
-    ImGui_ImplDX9_InvalidateDeviceObjects();
-    if (bd->pd3dDevice) { bd->pd3dDevice->Release(); }
-
-    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;
-    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;
-    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports);
-    platform_io.ClearRendererHandlers();
-    IM_DELETE(bd);
-}
-
 // Convert RGBA32 to BGRA32 (because RGBA32 is not well supported by DX9 devices)
 static void ImGui_ImplDX9_CopyTextureRegion(bool tex_use_colors, const ImU32* src, int src_pitch, ImU32* dst, int dst_pitch, int w, int h)
 {
@@ -557,6 +537,34 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_InvalidateDeviceObjects()
     ImGui_ImplDX9_InvalidateDeviceObjectsForPlatformWindows();
 }
 
+// spice ldj
+// Derive io.DisplaySize from the device's swap chain back buffer dimensions, so the
+// overlay sizes itself correctly without relying on a platform backend to feed it.
+static void ImGui_ImplDX9_UpdateDisplaySize(ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd)
+{
+    IDirect3DSwapChain9 *swap_chain = nullptr;
+    if (SUCCEEDED(bd->pd3dDevice->GetSwapChain(0, &swap_chain))) {
+        auto &io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+        D3DPRESENT_PARAMETERS present_params {};
+
+        if (SUCCEEDED(swap_chain->GetPresentParameters(&present_params))) {
+            if (present_params.BackBufferWidth != 0 && present_params.BackBufferHeight != 0) {
+                io.DisplaySize.x = static_cast<float>(present_params.BackBufferWidth);
+                io.DisplaySize.y = static_cast<float>(present_params.BackBufferHeight);
+            } else {
+                RECT rect {};
+                GetClientRect(present_params.hDeviceWindow, &rect);
+
+                io.DisplaySize.x = static_cast<float>(rect.right - rect.left);
+                io.DisplaySize.y = static_cast<float>(rect.bottom - rect.top);
+            }
+        }
+
+        swap_chain->Release();
+    }
+}
+
 void ImGui_ImplDX9_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX9_GetBackendData();
@@ -564,29 +572,54 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_NewFrame()
     // IM_UNUSED(bd);
 
     // spice ldj
-    {
-        IDirect3DSwapChain9 *swap_chain = nullptr;
-        if (SUCCEEDED(bd->pd3dDevice->GetSwapChain(0, &swap_chain))) {
-            auto &io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_UpdateDisplaySize(bd);
+}
 
-            D3DPRESENT_PARAMETERS present_params {};
+bool ImGui_ImplDX9_Init(IDirect3DDevice9* device)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
-            if (SUCCEEDED(swap_chain->GetPresentParameters(&present_params))) {
-                if (present_params.BackBufferWidth != 0 && present_params.BackBufferHeight != 0) {
-                    io.DisplaySize.x = static_cast<float>(present_params.BackBufferWidth);
-                    io.DisplaySize.y = static_cast<float>(present_params.BackBufferHeight);
-                } else {
-                    RECT rect {};
-                    GetClientRect(present_params.hDeviceWindow, &rect);
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplDX9_Data)();
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_dx9";
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures;   // We can honor ImGuiPlatformIO::Textures[] requests during render.
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports;  // We can create multi-viewports on the Renderer side (optional)
 
-                    io.DisplaySize.x = static_cast<float>(rect.right - rect.left);
-                    io.DisplaySize.y = static_cast<float>(rect.bottom - rect.top);
-                }
-            }
+    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+    platform_io.Renderer_TextureMaxWidth = platform_io.Renderer_TextureMaxHeight = 4096;
+    platform_io.DrawCallback_ResetRenderState = ImGui_ImplDX9_DrawCallback_ResetRenderState;
+    platform_io.DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear = ImGui_ImplDX9_DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear;
+    platform_io.DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest = ImGui_ImplDX9_DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest;
 
-            swap_chain->Release();
-        }
-    }
+    bd->pd3dDevice = device;
+    bd->pd3dDevice->AddRef();
+    bd->HasRgbaSupport = ImGui_ImplDX9_CheckFormatSupport(bd->pd3dDevice, D3DFMT_A8B8G8R8);
+
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_InitMultiViewportSupport();
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplDX9_Shutdown()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX9_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport();
+    ImGui_ImplDX9_InvalidateDeviceObjects();
+    if (bd->pd3dDevice) { bd->pd3dDevice->Release(); }
+
+    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports);
+    platform_io.ClearRendererHandlers();
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

src/spice2x/external/imgui/imgui.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.92.7
+// dear imgui, v1.92.9 WIP
 // (main code and documentation)
 
 // Help:
@@ -402,7 +402,34 @@ IMPLEMENTING SUPPORT for ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures:
                             you may use GetMainViewport()->Pos to offset hard-coded positions, e.g. SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->Pos)
                           - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates.
                             If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos.
-
+ - 2026/06/02 (1.92.9) - TreeNode: commented out legacy name ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth which was obsoleted in 1.90.7 (May 2024). Use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth instead.
+ - 2026/05/07 (1.92.8) - DrawList: swapped the last two arguments of AddRect(), AddPolyline(), PathStroke().
+                         - Before: void ImDrawList::AddRect(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
+                         - After:  void ImDrawList::AddRect(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, float thickness = 1.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
+                         - Before: void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
+                         - After:  void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, float thickness, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
+                         - Before: void ImDrawList::PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
+                         - After:  void ImDrawList::PathStroke(ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
+                         Added inline redirection functions when IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is off.
+                         Marked the old functions are =delete when IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is on, to allow for better type-checking.
+                         Effectively the typical call site is changing from:
+                         - Before:  window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, color, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size);
+                         - After:   window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, color, rounding, border_size);
+                         Notes:
+                         - Users of C++ and other languages with type-checking will be notified at compile-time of any mistakes.
+                         - Users of high-level bindings or languages with no type-checking will be notified at runtime via an assert for invalid flags value.
+                           If you are a binding maintainer consider doing something to facilitate transition or error detection.
+                         - This is perhaps the worst breaking change in our history :( but it makes ImDrawList function signatures consistent.
+                           As we are aiming to add flags and features to variety of ImDrawList functions, that consistency becomes more important.
+                           The new order is also more convenient as `flags` are less frequently used than `thickness` in real code.
+                         - As a general policy in Dear ImGui, all our flags default to 0 so ImDrawFlags_None was likely written 0 in some call sites.
+                         - Consider adding `#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS` in your imconfig.h, even temporarily, to clean up legacy code.
+ - 2026/05/07 (1.92.8) - DrawList: changed value of `ImDrawFlags_Closed`. It was previously advertised as "always == 1" when introduced in 1.82 (2021/02), in order to facilitate backward compatibility with the legacy `bool closed` flag.
+                         This guarantee has been removed. The bit is reserved and `AddPolyline()`, `PathStroke()` will assert when it is used.
+ - 2026/04/23 (1.92.8) - DrawList: obsoleted `ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState` in favor of using `ImGui::GetPlatformIO().DrawCallback_ResetRenderState`, which is part of our new standard draw callbacks. (#9378)
+ - 2026/04/22 (1.92.8) - Backends: Vulkan: redesigned to use separate ImageView + Sampler instead of Combined Image Sampler.
+                         - When registering custom textures: changed ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture() signature to remove Sampler.
+                         - When creating your own descriptor pool (instead of letting backend creates its own): need at least IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_MINIMUM_SAMPLED_IMAGE_POOL_SIZE descriptors of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE + IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_MINIMUM_SAMPLER_POOL_SIZE descriptors of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER.
  - 2026/03/19 (1.92.7) - MultiSelect: renamed ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick to ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnAuto.
  - 2026/02/26 (1.92.7) - Separator: fixed a legacy quirk where Separator() was submitting a zero-height item for layout purpose, even though it draws a 1-pixel separator.
                          The fix could affect code e.g. computing height from multiple widgets in order to allocate vertical space for a footer or multi-line status bar. (#2657, #9263)
@@ -1524,7 +1551,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
     TabRounding                 = 5.0f;             // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
     TabBorderSize               = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around tabs.
     TabMinWidthBase             = 1.0f;             // Minimum tab width, to make tabs larger than their contents. TabBar buttons are not affected.
-    TabMinWidthShrink           = 80.0f;            // Minimum tab width after shrinking, when using ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMixed policy.
+    TabMinWidthShrink           = 80.0f;            // Minimum tab width after shrinking, when using ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMixed policy. FLT_MAX: never shrink, will behave like ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll.
     TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected   = -1.0f;       // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width.
     TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected = 0.0f;        // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width. FLT_MAX: never show close button when unselected.
     TabBarBorderSize            = 1.0f;             // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
@@ -1541,6 +1568,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
     ColorButtonPosition         = ImGuiDir_Right;   // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
     ButtonTextAlign             = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
     SelectableTextAlign         = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
+    InputTextCursorSize         = 1.0f;             // Thickness of cursor/caret in InputText().
     SeparatorSize               = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border in Separator().
     SeparatorTextBorderSize     = 3.0f;             // Thickness of border in SeparatorText().
     SeparatorTextAlign          = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
@@ -1573,6 +1601,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
 
 
 // Scale all spacing/padding/thickness values. Do not scale fonts.
+// Consider not calling this if your initial scale factor if <1.0.
 // Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.
 void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
 {
@@ -1617,6 +1646,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
     DragDropTargetBorderSize = ImTrunc(DragDropTargetBorderSize * scale_factor);
     DragDropTargetPadding = ImTrunc(DragDropTargetPadding * scale_factor);
     ColorMarkerSize = ImTrunc(ColorMarkerSize * scale_factor);
+    InputTextCursorSize = ImTrunc(InputTextCursorSize * scale_factor);
     SeparatorSize = ImTrunc(SeparatorSize * scale_factor);
     SeparatorTextBorderSize = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextBorderSize * scale_factor);
     SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor);
@@ -3454,9 +3484,6 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper)
     if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
     {
         IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1);
-        if (table)
-            IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-
         bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision((float)clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y);
         if (affected_by_floating_point_precision)
         {
@@ -3470,7 +3497,14 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper)
         }
         if (clipper->ItemsHeight == 0.0f && clipper->ItemsCount == INT_MAX) // Accept that no item have been submitted if in indeterminate mode.
             return false;
-        IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!");
+        if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f, "ImGuiListClipper: Failed to calculate item height! First item hasn't been submitted by user code, or has not moved the cursor vertically!");
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (table)
+            IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+
         calc_clipping = true;   // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards.
     }
 
@@ -3516,12 +3550,14 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper)
                 // FIXME: Selectable() use of half-ItemSpacing isn't consistent in matter of layout, as ItemAdd(bb) stray above ItemSize()'s CursorPos.
                 // RangeSelect's BoxSelect relies on comparing overlap of previous and current rectangle and is sensitive to that.
                 // As a workaround we currently half ItemSpacing worth on each side.
-                min_y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
-                max_y += g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+                float pad_y = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+                min_y -= pad_y;
+                max_y += pad_y;
 
                 // Box-select on 2D area requires different clipping.
+                // (best adding pad_y here than in BeginBoxSelect() as we are closer to current state)
                 if (bs->UnclipMode)
-                    data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(bs->UnclipRect.Min.y, bs->UnclipRect.Max.y, 0, 0));
+                    data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(bs->UnclipRect.Min.y - pad_y, bs->UnclipRect.Max.y + pad_y, 0, 0));
             }
 
             // Add main visible range
@@ -3720,6 +3756,7 @@ static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarsInfo[] =
     { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersTextAlign)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign
     { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TreeLinesSize)},              // ImGuiStyleVar_TreeLinesSize
     { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TreeLinesRounding)},          // ImGuiStyleVar_TreeLinesRounding
+    { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DragDropTargetRounding)},     // ImGuiStyleVar_DragDropTargetRounding
     { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },           // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
     { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
     { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorSize)},              // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorSize
@@ -3821,6 +3858,7 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
     case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
     case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
     case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
+    case ImGuiCol_CheckboxSelectedBg: return "CheckboxSelectedBg";
     case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
     case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
     case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
@@ -3903,7 +3941,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool
     else
     {
         if (!text_end)
-            text_end = text + ImStrlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+            text_end = text + ImStrlen(text); // FIXME-OPT (not reached by our internal calls)
         text_display_end = text_end;
     }
 
@@ -3921,7 +3959,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
     if (!text_end)
-        text_end = text + ImStrlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+        text_end = text + ImStrlen(text); // FIXME-OPT (not reached by our internal calls)
 
     if (text != text_end)
     {
@@ -3990,8 +4028,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con
         text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);
     const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f);
 
-    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 6), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));
-    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y - 2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y + 3), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLineV(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4, pos_max.y + 6, IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLineV(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y - 2, pos_max.y + 3, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
 
     // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.
     if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)
@@ -4036,8 +4074,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool borders
     const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
     if (borders && border_size > 0.0f)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, border_size);
     }
 }
 
@@ -4048,8 +4086,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)
     const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
     if (border_size > 0.0f)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, border_size);
     }
 }
 
@@ -4084,7 +4122,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavCursor(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavRenderCursorFl
     const float thickness = 2.0f;
     if (flags & ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_Compact)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavCursor), rounding, 0, thickness);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavCursor), rounding, thickness);
     }
     else
     {
@@ -4093,7 +4131,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavCursor(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavRenderCursorFl
         bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect);
         if (!fully_visible)
             window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max);
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavCursor), rounding, 0, thickness);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavCursor), rounding, thickness);
         if (!fully_visible)
             window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
     }
@@ -4127,7 +4165,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCurso
             float a_min = ImFmod((float)g.Time * 5.0f, 2.0f * IM_PI);
             float a_max = a_min + IM_PI * 1.65f;
             draw_list->PathArcTo(pos + ImVec2(14, -1) * scale, 6.0f * scale, a_min, a_max);
-            draw_list->PathStroke(col_fill, ImDrawFlags_None, 3.0f * scale);
+            draw_list->PathStroke(col_fill, 3.0f * scale);
         }
         draw_list->PopTexture();
     }
@@ -4229,7 +4267,7 @@ ImGuiContext::ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
     IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)();
     if (shared_font_atlas == NULL)
         IO.Fonts->OwnerContext = this;
-    WithinEndChildID = 0;
+    WithinEndChildID = WithinEndPopupID = 0;
     TestEngine = NULL;
 
     InputEventsNextMouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
@@ -4537,7 +4575,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown()
     for (ImFontAtlas* atlas : g.FontAtlases)
     {
         UnregisterFontAtlas(atlas);
-        if (atlas->RefCount == 0)
+        if (atlas->RefCount == 0 && atlas->OwnerContext == &g)
         {
             atlas->Locked = false;
             IM_DELETE(atlas);
@@ -4795,7 +4833,8 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
     g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);
     if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
     {
-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : "");
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() 0x%08X in \"%s\"%*s(previously 0x%08X in \"%s\")\n", id, window ? window->Name : "",
+            ImMax(0, 20 - (int)(window ? strlen(window->Name) : 0)), "", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "");
         g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
         g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
         g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
@@ -4851,8 +4890,12 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
     // This marking is to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
     // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_EditedInternal;
     if (g.LastItemData.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoMarkEdited)
         return;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
+
     if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0)
     {
         // FIXME: Can't we fully rely on LastItemData yet?
@@ -4866,9 +4909,6 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
     // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714)
     // FIXME: This assert is getting a bit meaningless over time. It helped detect some unusual use cases but eventually it is becoming an unnecessary restriction.
     IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id || g.NavJustMovedToId || (g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive));
-
-    //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
-    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
@@ -5042,7 +5082,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flag
     {
         g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount++;
         if (g.DebugDrawIdConflictsId == id)
-            window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max + ImVec2(1,1), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f);
+            window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max + ImVec2(1,1), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), 0.0f, 2.0f);
     }
 #endif
 
@@ -5487,14 +5527,15 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
 
     // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving
     // (after we're done with all our widgets, so e.g. clicking on docking tab-bar which have set HoveredId already and not get us here!)
-    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    if (IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))
     {
         // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space.
         // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more.
         ImGuiWindow* hovered_root = hovered_window ? hovered_window->RootWindow : NULL;
         const bool is_closed_popup = hovered_root && (hovered_root->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(hovered_root->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);
+        const bool is_queued_focus_request = g.NavMoveSubmitted && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi);
 
-        if (hovered_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)
+        if (hovered_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup && !is_queued_focus_request)
         {
             StartMouseMovingWindow(hovered_window); //-V595
 
@@ -5525,7 +5566,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
     // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed
     // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.
     // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
-    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1] && g.HoveredId == 0)
+    if (g.HoveredId == 0 && IsMouseClicked(1, ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))
     {
         // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.
         // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
@@ -5920,7 +5961,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
     g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0);
     g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);
-    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups); // Default flags
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_Default_); // Default flags
     g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
     g.GroupStack.resize(0);
 
@@ -6090,14 +6131,6 @@ void ImGui::PopClipRect()
     window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
 }
 
-static ImGuiWindow* FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
-    for (int n = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
-        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window->DC.ChildWindows[n]))
-            return FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window->DC.ChildWindows[n]);
-    return window;
-}
-
 static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
@@ -6199,7 +6232,7 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds()
         if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
             window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd();
         window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size);
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f); // FIXME-DPI
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 3.0f); // FIXME-DPI
         window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
     }
 
@@ -6422,11 +6455,9 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_tex
     ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
 
     // Round
-    // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out.
-    // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g.
-    // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c
-    // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html
-    text_size.x = IM_TRUNC(text_size.x + 0.99999f);
+    // (see 7b0bf230, 4622fa4b6, #791 for details about this.)
+    // FIXME: Add a way to disable this.
+    text_size.x = ImCeilFast(text_size.x);
 
     return text_size;
 }
@@ -6566,11 +6597,12 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()
     return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
 }
 
-// Call after a Selectable() or TreeNode() involved in multi-selection.
-// Useful if you need the per-item information before reaching EndMultiSelect(), e.g. for rendering purpose.
-// This is only meant to be called inside a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() block.
-// (Outside of multi-select, it would be misleading/ambiguous to report this signal, as widgets
-// return e.g. a pressed event and user code is in charge of altering selection in ways we cannot predict.)
+// Call after a Selectable() or TreeNode() items inside a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() scope.
+// - Useful if you need the per-item information before reaching EndMultiSelect(), e.g. for rendering purpose.
+// Outside of a multi-select block:
+// - It would be misleading/ambiguous to report this signal, as widgets return e.g. a pressed event,
+//   and user code is in charge of altering selection in ways we cannot predict.
+//   Prefer using 'if (IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen())' for a manual reimplementation of selection.
 bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -6717,7 +6749,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, I
     window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
     window_flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag
     if (child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
-        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; // FIXME: Would be sane to not make single-axis flag set this. (#9355)
     if ((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0)
         window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
 
@@ -6866,6 +6898,14 @@ void ImGui::EndChild()
     g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
 }
 
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    for (int n = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window->DC.ChildWindows[n]))
+            return FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window->DC.ChildWindows[n]);
+    return window;
+}
+
 static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)
 {
     window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       & ~flags);
@@ -7050,8 +7090,8 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont
     const float decoration_h_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
     ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
     ImVec2 size_desired;
-    size_desired[ImGuiAxis_X] = (axis_mask & 1) ? size_contents.x + size_pad.x + decoration_w_without_scrollbars : window->Size.x;
-    size_desired[ImGuiAxis_Y] = (axis_mask & 2) ? size_contents.y + size_pad.y + decoration_h_without_scrollbars : window->Size.y;
+    size_desired.x = (axis_mask & 1) ? size_contents.x + size_pad.x + decoration_w_without_scrollbars : window->Size.x;
+    size_desired.y = (axis_mask & 2) ? size_contents.y + size_pad.y + decoration_h_without_scrollbars : window->Size.y;
 
     // Determine maximum window size
     // Child windows are laid within their parent (unless they are also popups/menus) and thus have no restriction
@@ -7078,8 +7118,10 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont
         // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),
         // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.
         ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
-        bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
-        bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
+        float size_contents_for_scrollbar_x = (axis_mask & 1) ? size_contents.x : window->ContentSize.x; // See #9352. In theory this should use same logic as `window->ScrollbarY = ...` codepath in Begin(). Needs some plumbling.
+        float size_contents_for_scrollbar_y = (axis_mask & 2) ? size_contents.y : window->ContentSize.y;
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x < size_contents_for_scrollbar_x + size_pad.x + decoration_w_without_scrollbars && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y < size_contents_for_scrollbar_y + size_pad.y + decoration_h_without_scrollbars && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
         if (will_have_scrollbar_x)
             size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
         if (will_have_scrollbar_y)
@@ -7433,7 +7475,7 @@ static void RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, ImU
     const ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, rounding, 0.0f);
     window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle);
     window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f);
-    window->DrawList->PathStroke(border_col, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size);
+    window->DrawList->PathStroke(border_col, border_size);
 }
 
 static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
@@ -7442,7 +7484,7 @@ static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
     const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
     const ImU32 border_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border);
     if (border_size > 0.0f && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground) == 0)
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, border_col, window->WindowRounding, 0, window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, border_col, window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize);
     else if (border_size > 0.0f)
     {
         if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) // Similar code as 'resize_border_mask' computation in UpdateWindowManualResize() but we specifically only always draw explicit child resize border.
@@ -7459,7 +7501,7 @@ static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
     if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive)
     {
         float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight - 1;
-        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size * 0.5f, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size * 0.5f, y), border_col, g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddLineH(window->Pos.x + border_size * 0.5f, window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size * 0.5f, y, border_col, g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
     }
 }
 
@@ -7569,7 +7611,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar
             menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect());  // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
             window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min, menu_bar_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
             if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
-                window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(window_border_size * 0.5f, 0.0f), menu_bar_rect.GetBR() - ImVec2(window_border_size * 0.5f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+                window->DrawList->AddLineH(menu_bar_rect.Min.x + window_border_size * 0.5f, menu_bar_rect.Max.x - window_border_size * 0.5f, menu_bar_rect.Max.y, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
         }
 
         // Docking: Unhide tab bar (small triangle in the corner), drag from small triangle to quickly undock
@@ -8357,12 +8399,12 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2));
             ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame;
             ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
-            float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;
-            float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;
+            float size_for_scrollbars_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;
+            float size_for_scrollbars_y = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;
             bool scrollbar_x_prev = window->ScrollbarX;
             //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?
-            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
-            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
+            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_for_scrollbars_y) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
+            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_for_scrollbars_x - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
 
             // Track when ScrollbarX visibility keeps toggling, which is a sign of a feedback loop, and stabilize by enforcing visibility (#3285, #8488)
             // (Feedback loops of this sort can manifest in various situations, but combining horizontal + vertical scrollbar + using a clipper with varying width items is one frequent cause.
@@ -8377,7 +8419,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             window->ScrollbarXStabilizeEnabled = scrollbar_x_stabilize;
 
             if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
-                window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+                window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_for_scrollbars_y - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
             window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
 
             // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values.
@@ -8546,9 +8588,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
         window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
 
-        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
-        const bool is_resizable_window = (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize));
-        if (is_resizable_window)
+        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window can be manually resized.
+        // (we cannot use AutoFitFramesX/AutoFitFramesY which is a temporary state)
+        bool is_resizable_width;
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+            is_resizable_width = (window->Size.x > 0.0f) && !(window->ChildFlags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize));
+        else
+            is_resizable_width = (window->Size.x > 0.0f) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
+        if (is_resizable_width)
             window->DC.ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
         else
             window->DC.ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
@@ -8770,6 +8817,8 @@ void ImGui::End()
     ImGuiWindowStackData& window_stack_data = g.CurrentWindowStack.back();
 
     // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndPopupID == window->ID, "Must call EndPopup() and not End()!");
     if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && !window->DockIsActive)
         IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChildID == window->ID, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");
 
@@ -9367,6 +9416,17 @@ void ImGui::PopFocusScope()
     g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back().ID : 0;
 }
 
+bool ImGui::IsInNavFocusRoute(ImGuiID focus_scope_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavFocusScopeId == focus_scope_id)
+        return true;
+    for (const ImGuiFocusScopeData& focus_scope : g.NavFocusRoute)
+        if (focus_scope.ID == focus_scope_id)
+            return true;
+    return false;
+}
+
 void ImGui::SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -9540,6 +9600,8 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateTexturesNewFrame()
             IM_ASSERT(atlas->RendererHasTextures == has_textures);
         }
     }
+    for (ImTextureData* tex : g.UserTextures)
+        ImTextureDataUpdateNewFrame(tex);
 }
 
 // Build a single texture list
@@ -9601,7 +9663,7 @@ ImFont* ImGui::GetDefaultFont()
     return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : atlas->Fonts[0];
 }
 
-// EXPERIMENTAL: DO NOT USE YET.
+// EXPERIMENTAL. Use ImTextureDataQueueUpload() to queue updates. Textures logic will be automatically be updated in NewFrame().
 void ImGui::RegisterUserTexture(ImTextureData* tex)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -9723,7 +9785,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateCurrentFontSize(float restore_font_size_after_scaling)
     }
 
     g.FontBaked = (g.Font != NULL && window != NULL) ? g.Font->GetFontBaked(final_size) : NULL;
-    g.FontBakedScale = (g.Font != NULL && window != NULL) ? (g.FontSize / g.FontBaked->Size) : 0.0f;
+    g.FontBakedScale = (g.FontBaked != NULL) ? (g.FontSize / g.FontBaked->Size) : 0.0f;
     g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontBakedScale;
 }
 
@@ -10936,15 +10998,21 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
             LockWheelingWindow(NULL, 0.0f);
     }
 
-    ImVec2 wheel;
-    wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f;
-    wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;
-
-    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y);
     ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;
     if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed)
         return;
 
+    ImGuiID owner_id = mouse_window->ID;
+    ImVec2 wheel;
+    wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, owner_id) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f;
+    wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, owner_id) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y);
+    if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, owner_id);
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, owner_id);
+    }
+
     // Zoom / Scale window
     // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.
     if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
@@ -11253,6 +11321,7 @@ bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
 // - SetKeyOwner(..., None)              : clears owner
 // - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock)        : illegal (assert)
 // - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock
+// Ownership is automatically released on the frame after a release, see code in UpdateKeyboardInputs().
 void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -11279,30 +11348,34 @@ void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, I
     if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_)    { SetKeyOwner((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); }
 }
 
-// This is more or less equivalent to:
+// This is more or less equivalent to a fancier version of:
 //   if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive())
 //       SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());
 // Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times.
 // More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition.
 // Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority.
-void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
+bool ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
     if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id))
-        return;
+        return false;
     if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0)
         flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_;
     if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive)))
     {
         IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
+        if (!TestKeyOwner(key, id))
+            return false;
         SetKeyOwner(key, id, flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_);
+        return true;
     }
+    return false;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key)
+bool ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key)
 {
-    SetItemKeyOwner(key, ImGuiInputFlags_None);
+    return SetItemKeyOwner(key, ImGuiInputFlags_None);
 }
 
 // This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements.
@@ -11443,7 +11516,8 @@ bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, si
 // to extend contents size of our parent container (e.g. window contents size, which is used for auto-resizing
 // windows, table column contents size used for auto-resizing columns, group size).
 // This was causing issues and ambiguities and we needed to retire that.
-// From 1.89, extending contents size boundaries REQUIRES AN ITEM TO BE SUBMITTED.
+// 2022/08/05 (1.89): extending contents size boundaries REQUIRES AN ITEM TO BE SUBMITTED. However we gated the new logic behind a '#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' block.
+// 2025/06/25 (1.92): removed the legacy path and turned into an assert. It was a mistake that there was a #ifndef before: our obsolescence schedule gets pushed back a bit more :(
 //
 //  Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
 //    Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();                      // NOT OK ANYMORE
@@ -13102,6 +13176,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupMenuEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiWindowFlags ext
         return false;
     }
 
+    // As we bypass BeginChild(), set ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize as it is checked independently from ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize for now (see #9355)
+    // Ideally we should remove setting ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize in BeginChild().
+    if ((extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+    {
+        if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags)
+            g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+        else
+            g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+        g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags;
+    }
+
     char name[128];
     IM_ASSERT(extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu);
     ImFormatString(name, IM_COUNTOF(name), "%s###Menu_%02d", label, g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth
@@ -13174,10 +13259,13 @@ void ImGui::EndPopup()
         NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
 
     // Child-popups don't need to be laid out
+    const ImGuiID backup_within_end_popup_id = g.WithinEndPopupID;
     const ImGuiID backup_within_end_child_id = g.WithinEndChildID;
+    g.WithinEndPopupID = window->ID;
     if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
         g.WithinEndChildID = window->ID;
     End();
+    g.WithinEndPopupID = backup_within_end_popup_id;
     g.WithinEndChildID = backup_within_end_child_id;
 }
 
@@ -14025,7 +14113,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem()
     const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
     const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.ItemFlags;
 
-    // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221, #8816)
+    // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221, #8816, #7994)
     ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
     if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false)
     {
@@ -14428,13 +14516,13 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource?
     const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
     const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown };
-    if (nav_gamepad_active)
+    if (nav_gamepad_active && g.NavInputSource != ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
         for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source)
             if (IsKeyDown(key))
                 g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
     const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
     const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow };
-    if (nav_keyboard_active)
+    if (nav_keyboard_active && g.NavInputSource != ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
         for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source)
             if (IsKeyDown(key))
                 g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
@@ -15807,7 +15895,7 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop
         IM_ASSERT(viewport != NULL);
         ImRect bb = g.DragDropTargetRect;
         bb.Expand(-3.5f);
-        RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(GetForegroundDrawList(viewport), bb);
+        RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(GetForegroundDrawList(viewport), bb, g.Style.DragDropTargetRounding);
     }
     else if (draw_target_rect)
     {
@@ -15838,16 +15926,16 @@ void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRectForItem(const ImRect& bb)
     bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(bb_display);
     if (push_clip_rect)
         window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen();
-    RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(window->DrawList, bb_display);
+    RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(window->DrawList, bb_display, g.Style.DragDropTargetRounding);
     if (push_clip_rect)
         window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
 }
 
-void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb)
+void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, float rounding)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    draw_list->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTargetBg), g.Style.DragDropTargetRounding, 0);
-    draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), g.Style.DragDropTargetRounding, 0, g.Style.DragDropTargetBorderSize);
+    draw_list->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTargetBg), rounding, 0);
+    draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), rounding, g.Style.DragDropTargetBorderSize);
 }
 
 const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload()
@@ -16576,6 +16664,7 @@ void ImGuiPlatformIO::ClearRendererHandlers()
     Renderer_CreateWindow = Renderer_DestroyWindow = NULL;
     Renderer_SetWindowSize = NULL;
     Renderer_RenderWindow = Renderer_SwapBuffers = NULL;
+    DrawCallback_ResetRenderState = DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear = DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest = NULL;
 }
 
 ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()
@@ -16691,7 +16780,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImG
 
     for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport_obstructing : g.Viewports)
     {
-        if (viewport_obstructing == viewport_src || viewport_obstructing == viewport_dst)
+        if (viewport_obstructing == viewport_src || viewport_obstructing == viewport_dst || !viewport_obstructing->PlatformWindowCreated)
             continue;
         if (viewport_obstructing->GetMainRect().Overlaps(window->Rect()))
             if (IsViewportAbove(viewport_obstructing, viewport_dst))
@@ -17366,6 +17455,8 @@ void ImGui::WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_win
 
     window->Viewport->Flags = viewport_flags;
 
+    window->Viewport->PlatformIconData = window->WindowClass.PlatformIconData;
+
     // Update parent viewport ID
     // (the !IsFallbackWindow test mimic the one done in WindowSelectViewport())
     if (window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId != (ImGuiID)-1)
@@ -18883,10 +18974,13 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(ImGuiDockNode* node)
         node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
 
     // Apply toggles at a single point of the frame (here!)
+    const ImGuiDockNodeFlags prev_local_flags = node->LocalFlags;
     if (node->Windows.Size > 1)
         node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
     else if (node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle)
         node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags ^ ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
+    if ((node->LocalFlags ^ prev_local_flags) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(); // Bit flaky to only do this here. Perhaps compare node flags every frame? #9380
     node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
 
     DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node);
@@ -21987,7 +22081,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list)
         draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding);
         ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y);
         ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y);
-        draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f);
+        draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, 2.0f);
         draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding);
         ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y);
         draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label);
@@ -22410,7 +22504,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 
                 BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);
                 if (IsItemHovered())
-                    GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                    GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 2.0f);
                 Indent();
                 char buf[128];
                 for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++)
@@ -22425,7 +22519,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
                             ImFormatString(buf, IM_COUNTOF(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
                             Selectable(buf);
                             if (IsItemHovered())
-                                GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                                GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 2.0f);
                         }
                     }
                     else
@@ -22434,7 +22528,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
                         ImFormatString(buf, IM_COUNTOF(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
                         Selectable(buf);
                         if (IsItemHovered())
-                            GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                            GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow)->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 2.0f);
                     }
                 }
                 Unindent();
@@ -22922,7 +23016,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
                     ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n);
                     ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255);
                     float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f;
-                    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness);
+                    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, thickness);
                 }
             }
             else
@@ -23199,7 +23293,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, con
                 {
                     ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;
                     fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
-                    fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f);
+                    fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 1.0f, ImDrawFlags_Closed);
                     fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
                 }
             }
@@ -23227,7 +23321,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, co
         for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
             vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));
         if (show_mesh)
-            out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles
+            out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 1.0f, ImDrawFlags_Closed); // In yellow: mesh triangles
     }
     // Draw bounding boxes
     if (show_aabb)
@@ -23508,8 +23602,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)
     {
         ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(tab_bar->Window);
         draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
-        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
-        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+        draw_list->AddLineV(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+        draw_list->AddLineV(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
     }
     if (open)
     {
@@ -23871,8 +23965,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f);
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLineV(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f, pos.y + 4.0f, col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLineH(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y, col, 1.0f);
 }
 
 // Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList
@@ -23883,9 +23977,9 @@ void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col)
     float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
     float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y);
     float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y);
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f);
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLineH(curr_x - 5.0f, curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1, col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLineV(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1, line_y2, col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLineH(curr_x - 5.0f, curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2, col, 1.0f);
 }
 
 // Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible)
@@ -24255,7 +24349,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label)
             "- Load additional fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontXXX() functions.\n"
             "- The font atlas is built when calling io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsXXXX() or io.Fonts->Build().\n"
             "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for more details.\n"
-            "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame().");
+            "- Legacy backend: if you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame().");
 }
 #endif // #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS)
 

src/spice2x/external/imgui/imgui.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.92.7
+// dear imgui, v1.92.9 WIP
 // (headers)
 
 // Help:
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 
 // Library Version
 // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345')
-#define IMGUI_VERSION       "1.92.7"
-#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM   19270
+#define IMGUI_VERSION       "1.92.9 WIP"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM   19282
 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE             // Added BeginTable() - from IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18000
 #define IMGUI_HAS_TEXTURES          // Added ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures - from IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 19198
 #define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT          // In 'docking' WIP branch.
@@ -621,7 +621,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(int int_id);
 
     // Widgets: Text
-    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
+    // - Note that all functions taking format strings in the API may be passed ("%s", text) or ("%.*s", text_len, text): which will automatically bypass the formatter.
+    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Practically equivalent to 'Text("%s", text)' but doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified.
     IMGUI_API void          Text(const char* fmt, ...)                                      IM_FMTARGS(1); // formatted text
     IMGUI_API void          TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                            IM_FMTLIST(1);
     IMGUI_API void          TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)            IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
@@ -845,7 +846,7 @@ namespace ImGui
 
     // Popups, Modals
     //  - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them.
-    //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
+    //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing Escape (call 'Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape)' to claim a higher-priority shortcut).
     //  - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls.
     //  - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time.
     //  - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered().
@@ -1128,10 +1129,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Inputs Utilities: Key/Input Ownership [BETA]
     // - One common use case would be to allow your items to disable standard inputs behaviors such
     //   as Tab or Alt key handling, Mouse Wheel scrolling, etc.
-    //   e.g. Button(...); SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); to make hovering/activating a button disable wheel for scrolling.
+    //   e.g. `Button(...); if (SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY)) { ... }` to make hovering/activating a button disable wheel for scrolling.
     // - Reminder ImGuiKey enum include access to mouse buttons and gamepad, so key ownership can apply to them.
+    // - The return value of SetItemKeyOwner() says if ownership has been requested for the item, which is a shortcut to calling yet non-public TestKeyOwner() function.
     // - Many related features are still in imgui_internal.h. For instance, most IsKeyXXX()/IsMouseXXX() functions have an owner-id-aware version.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);                                      // Set key owner to last item ID if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);                                      // Set key owner to last item ID if it is hovered or active. Return true when ownership has been set. Roughly equivalent to 'if (TestKeyOwner(key, GetItemID()) && (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive())) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. 
 
     // Inputs Utilities: Mouse
     // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right.
@@ -1376,7 +1378,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsToParent,  // Renamed in 1.92.0
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth        = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth,        // Renamed in 1.90.7
+    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth      = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth,        // Renamed in 1.90.7
     //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap   = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap,          // Renamed in 1.89.7
 #endif
 };
@@ -1448,7 +1450,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline           = 1 << 6,   // Draw selected overline markers over selected tab
 
     // Fitting/Resize policy
-    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMixed             = 1 << 7,   // Shrink down tabs when they don't fit, until width is style.TabMinWidthShrink, then enable scrolling buttons.
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMixed             = 1 << 7,   // Shrink down tabs when they don't fit, until width is style.TabMinWidthShrink, then enable scrolling. Setting TabMinWidthShrink to FLT_MAX makes this behave like ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll.
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyShrink            = 1 << 8,   // Shrink down tabs when they don't fit
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll            = 1 << 9,   // Enable scrolling buttons when tabs don't fit
     ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_             = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMixed | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyShrink | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll,
@@ -1813,7 +1815,7 @@ enum ImGuiBackendFlags_
     ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports  = 1 << 10,  // Backend Renderer supports multiple viewports.
     ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports  = 1 << 11,  // Backend Platform supports multiple viewports.
     ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport=1 << 12,  // Backend Platform supports calling io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with the viewport under the mouse. IF POSSIBLE, ignore viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag (Win32 backend, GLFW 3.30+ backend can do this, SDL backend cannot). If this cannot be done, Dear ImGui needs to use a flawed heuristic to find the viewport under.
-    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasParentViewport     = 1 << 13,  // Backend Platform supports honoring viewport->ParentViewport/ParentViewportId value, by applying the corresponding parent/child relation at the Platform level.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasParentViewport     = 1 << 13,  // Backend Platform supports honoring viewport->ParentViewport/ParentViewportId value, by applying the corresponding parent/child relationship at the Platform level. Child windows always appear in front of their parent window.
 };
 
 // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
@@ -1838,6 +1840,7 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive,
     ImGuiCol_CheckMark,             // Checkbox tick and RadioButton circle
+    ImGuiCol_CheckboxSelectedBg,    // Checkbox background when Selected, otherwise use FrameBg
     ImGuiCol_SliderGrab,
     ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive,
     ImGuiCol_Button,
@@ -1937,6 +1940,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_
     ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign,// ImVec2  TableAngledHeadersTextAlign
     ImGuiStyleVar_TreeLinesSize,            // float     TreeLinesSize
     ImGuiStyleVar_TreeLinesRounding,        // float     TreeLinesRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_DragDropTargetRounding,   // float     DragDropTargetRounding
     ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,          // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
     ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign,      // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
     ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorSize,            // float     SeparatorSize
@@ -2405,7 +2409,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
     float       TabBorderSize;              // Thickness of border around tabs.
     float       TabMinWidthBase;            // Minimum tab width, to make tabs larger than their contents. TabBar buttons are not affected.
     float       TabMinWidthShrink;          // Minimum tab width after shrinking, when using ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMixed policy.
-    float       TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected;     // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width.
+    float       TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected;     // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width. FLT_MAX: never shrink, will behave like ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll.
     float       TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected;   // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width. FLT_MAX: never show close button when unselected.
     float       TabBarBorderSize;           // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
     float       TabBarOverlineSize;         // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar.
@@ -2414,14 +2418,15 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags TreeLinesFlags;      // Default way to draw lines connecting TreeNode hierarchy. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesNone or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesFull or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesToNodes.
     float       TreeLinesSize;              // Thickness of outlines when using ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLines.
     float       TreeLinesRounding;          // Radius of lines connecting child nodes to the vertical line.
-    float       DragDropTargetRounding;     // Radius of the drag and drop target frame.
+    float       DragDropTargetRounding;     // Radius of the drag and drop target frame. When <0.0f: use FrameRounding.
     float       DragDropTargetBorderSize;   // Thickness of the drag and drop target border.
     float       DragDropTargetPadding;      // Size to expand the drag and drop target from actual target item size.
     float       ColorMarkerSize;            // Size of R/G/B/A color markers for ColorEdit4() and for Drags/Sliders when using ImGuiSliderFlags_ColorMarkers.
     ImGuiDir    ColorButtonPosition;        // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
     ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
     ImVec2      SelectableTextAlign;        // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
-    float       SeparatorSize;              // Thickness of border in Separator()
+    float       InputTextCursorSize;        // Thickness of cursor/caret in InputText().
+    float       SeparatorSize;              // Thickness of border in Separator(). Must be >= 1.0f.
     float       SeparatorTextBorderSize;    // Thickness of border in SeparatorText()
     ImVec2      SeparatorTextAlign;         // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
     ImVec2      SeparatorTextPadding;       // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
@@ -2453,7 +2458,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
 
     // Functions
     IMGUI_API   ImGuiStyle();
-    IMGUI_API   void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); // Scale all spacing/padding/thickness values. Do not scale fonts.
+    IMGUI_API   void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); // Scale all spacing/padding/thickness values. Do not scale fonts. See comments in definition. Consider not calling this if your initial scale factor if <1.0.
 
     // Obsolete names
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
@@ -2521,10 +2526,11 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     bool        ConfigDockingTransparentPayload;// = false          // [BETA] Make window or viewport transparent when docking and only display docking boxes on the target viewport. Useful if rendering of multiple viewport cannot be synced. Best used with ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge.
 
     // Viewport options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is set)
+    // (sorry for the amount of "NoXXXX" flags, which may be harder to reason about! may rework someday)
     bool        ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge;     // = false;         // Set to make all floating imgui windows always create their own viewport. Otherwise, they are merged into the main host viewports when overlapping it. May also set ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge on individual viewport.
     bool        ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon;   // = false          // Disable default OS task bar icon flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want a task bar icon, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon will be set on it.
     bool        ConfigViewportsNoDecoration;    // = true           // Disable default OS window decoration flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want window decorations, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration will be set on it. Enabling decoration can create subsequent issues at OS levels (e.g. minimum window size).
-    bool        ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent; // = true           // When false: set secondary viewports' ParentViewportId to main viewport ID by default. Expects the platform backend to setup a parent/child relationship between the OS windows based on this value. Some backend may ignore this. Set to true if you want viewports to automatically be parent of main viewport, otherwise all viewports will be top-level OS windows.
+    bool        ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent; // = true           // Disable setting OS window parent to main viewport by default. The platform backend is expected to honor `viewport->ParentViewportID` to setup a parent/child relationship between the OS windows (supported if ImGuiBackendFlags_HasParentViewport is set). When parented: child windows always appear in front of their parent. Set to false if you want viewports to automatically be parent of main viewport, otherwise all viewports will be top-level OS windows. Parent/child relationship may be set on a per-window basis using ImGuiWindowClass.
     bool        ConfigViewportsPlatformFocusSetsImGuiFocus;//= true // When a platform window is focused (e.g. using Alt+Tab, clicking Platform Title Bar), apply corresponding focus on imgui windows (may clear focus/active id from imgui windows location in other platform windows). In principle this is better enabled but we provide an opt-out, because some Linux window managers tend to eagerly focus windows (e.g. on mouse hover, or even a simple window pos/size change).
 
     // DPI/Scaling options
@@ -2719,7 +2725,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     //void*     ImeWindowHandle;                    // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    float       FontGlobalScale;                    // Moved io.FontGlobalScale to style.FontScaleMain in 1.92 (June 2025)
+    float       FontGlobalScale;                    // Moved io.FontGlobalScale to style.FontScaleMain in 1.92.0 (June 2025)
 
     // Legacy: before 1.91.1, clipboard functions were stored in ImGuiIO instead of ImGuiPlatformIO.
     // As this is will affect all users of custom engines/backends, we are providing proper legacy redirection (will obsolete).
@@ -2752,7 +2758,7 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
     ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback*    // Read-only
     ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
     void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
-    ImGuiID             ID;             // Widget ID                             // Read-only
+    ImGuiID             ID;             // Widget ID                            // Read-only
 
     // Arguments for the different callback events
     // - During Resize callback, Buf will be same as your input buffer.
@@ -2766,9 +2772,9 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
     char*               Buf;            // Text buffer                          // Read-write   // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer!
     int                 BufTextLen;     // Text length (in bytes)               // Read-write   // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length()
     int                 BufSize;        // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1  // Read-only    // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land: == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1
-    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
-    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection
-    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
+    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always,CharFilter]
+    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always,CharFilter] == to SelectionEnd when no selection
+    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always,CharFilter]
 
     // Helper functions for text manipulation.
     // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection.
@@ -2796,7 +2802,7 @@ struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData
 // before we stabilize Docking features. Please be mindful if using this.
 // Provide hints:
 // - To the platform backend via altered viewport flags (enable/disable OS decoration, OS task bar icons, etc.)
-// - To the platform backend for OS level parent/child relationships of viewport.
+// - To the platform backend for OS level parent/child relationships of viewport (otherwise: default is configured via io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent)
 // - To the docking system for various options and filtering.
 struct ImGuiWindowClass
 {
@@ -2809,6 +2815,7 @@ struct ImGuiWindowClass
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags  DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Dock node flags to set when a window of this class is hosted by a dock node (it doesn't have to be selected!)
     bool                DockingAlwaysTabBar;        // Set to true to enforce single floating windows of this class always having their own docking node (equivalent of setting the global io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar)
     bool                DockingAllowUnclassed;      // Set to true to allow windows of this class to be docked/merged with an unclassed window. // FIXME-DOCK: Move to DockNodeFlags override?
+    void*               PlatformIconData;           // [EXPERIMENTAL] Pass opaque data for Platform backend to handle.
 
     ImGuiWindowClass() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentViewportId = (ImGuiID)-1; DockingAllowUnclassed = true; }
 };
@@ -3298,12 +3305,6 @@ typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;   // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibilit
 typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
 #endif
 
-// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state.
-// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address.
-// This is useful, for example, if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored.
-// Render state is not reset by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call).
-#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState     (ImDrawCallback)(-8)
-
 // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback)
 // - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled,
 //   this fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices.
@@ -3377,23 +3378,30 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter
 };
 
 // Flags for ImDrawList functions
-// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused)
 enum ImDrawFlags_
 {
     ImDrawFlags_None                        = 0,
-    ImDrawFlags_Closed                      = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason)
-    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft         = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01.
-    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight        = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02.
-    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft      = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04.
-    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight     = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08.
-    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone            = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag!
+
+    // Rounding for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect()
+    // - When not specified, we defaults to ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll! So you only need to use those flags if you want another configuration.
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft         = 1 << 4, // Round top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners).
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight        = 1 << 5, // Round top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners).
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft      = 1 << 6, // Round bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners).
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight     = 1 << 7, // Round bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners).
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone            = 1 << 8, // Disable rounding even if `float rounding > 0.0f`. This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag!
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // (Default!!)
+    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_        = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified!
     ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
     ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom          = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
     ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft            = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,
     ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight           = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
-    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
-    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_        = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified.
     ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_           = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone,
+
+    // Stroke options
+    ImDrawFlags_Closed                      = 1 << 9, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed.
+    //ImDrawFlags_Closed                    = 1 << 0, // Prior to 1.92.8 (May 2026), ImDrawFlags_Closed was guaranteed to be == 1<<0 == 1 for legacy compatibility reason. Hardcoded use of 1 or true should be replaced.
+
+    ImDrawFlags_InvalidMask_                = ~0x7FFFFFF0, // == 0x8000000F,
 };
 
 // Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly.
@@ -3405,6 +3413,7 @@ enum ImDrawListFlags_
     ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex  = 1 << 1,  // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
     ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill         = 1 << 2,  // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles).
     ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset          = 1 << 3,  // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled.
+    ImDrawListFlags_TextNoPixelSnap         = 1 << 4,  // Disable automatically snapping AddText() calls to pixel boundaries.
 };
 
 // Draw command list
@@ -3459,7 +3468,9 @@ struct ImDrawList
     //   In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles.
     //   Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guarantee a specific number of sides.
     IMGUI_API void  AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddLineH(float min_x, float max_x, float y, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddLineV(float x, float min_y, float max_y, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, float thickness = 1.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
     IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);                     // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
     IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
     IMGUI_API void  AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
@@ -3480,7 +3491,7 @@ struct ImDrawList
     // General polygon
     // - Only simple polygons are supported by filling functions (no self-intersections, no holes).
     // - Concave polygon fill is more expensive than convex one: it has O(N^2) complexity. Provided as a convenience for the user but not used by the main library.
-    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, float thickness, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
     IMGUI_API void  AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
 
@@ -3500,7 +3511,7 @@ struct ImDrawList
     inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
     inline    void  PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)                                   { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
     inline    void  PathFillConcave(ImU32 col)                                  { AddConcavePolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
-    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, thickness, flags); _Path.Size = 0; }
     IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0);
     IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
     IMGUI_API void  PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse
@@ -3510,14 +3521,15 @@ struct ImDrawList
 
     // Advanced: Draw Callbacks
     // - May be used to alter render state (change sampler, blending, current shader). May be used to emit custom rendering commands (difficult to do correctly, but possible).
-    // - Use special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to instruct backend to reset its render state to the default.
+    // - Use special GetPlatformIO().DrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to instruct backend to reset its render state to the default.
+    // - See other standard callbacks in GetPlatformIO(), which may or not be supported by your backend.
     // - Your rendering loop must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles. All standard backends are honoring this.
     // - For some backends, the callback may access selected render-states exposed by the backend in a ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderState structure pointed to by platform_io.Renderer_RenderState.
     // - IMPORTANT: please be mindful of the different level of indirection between using size==0 (copying argument) and using size>0 (copying pointed data into a buffer).
     //   - If userdata_size == 0: we copy/store the 'userdata' argument as-is. It will be available unmodified in ImDrawCmd::UserCallbackData during render.
     //   - If userdata_size > 0,  we copy/store 'userdata_size' bytes pointed to by 'userdata'. We store them in a buffer stored inside the drawlist. ImDrawCmd::UserCallbackData will point inside that buffer so you have to retrieve data from there. Your callback may need to use ImDrawCmd::UserCallbackDataSize if you expect dynamically-sized data.
     //   - Support for userdata_size > 0 was added in v1.91.4, October 2024. So earlier code always only allowed to copy/store a simple void*.
-    IMGUI_API void  AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* userdata, size_t userdata_size = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* userdata = NULL, size_t userdata_size = 0);
 
     // Advanced: Miscellaneous
     IMGUI_API void  AddDrawCmd();                                               // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
@@ -3547,8 +3559,15 @@ struct ImDrawList
 
     // Obsolete names
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    inline    void  AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { AddRect(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, thickness, flags); } // OBSOLETED in 1.92.8: NEW FUNCTION SIGNATURE HAS 'thickness' AND 'flags' SWAPPED.
+    inline    void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)                 { AddPolyline(points, num_points, col, thickness, flags); } // OBSOLETED in 1.92.8: NEW FUNCTION SIGNATURE HAS 'thickness' AND 'flags' SWAPPED.
+    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)                                                        { PathStroke(col, thickness, flags); }                      // OBSOLETED in 1.92.8: NEW FUNCTION SIGNATURE HAS 'thickness' AND 'flags' SWAPPED.
     inline    void  PushTextureID(ImTextureRef tex_ref) { PushTexture(tex_ref); }   // RENAMED in 1.92.0
     inline    void  PopTextureID()                      { PopTexture(); }           // RENAMED in 1.92.0
+#else
+              void  AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding /*= 0.0f*/, ImDrawFlags flags /*= 0*/, float thickness /*= 1.0f*/) = delete;
+              void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) = delete;
+    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags /*= 0*/, float thickness /*= 1.0f*/) = delete;
 #endif
     //inline  void  AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddEllipse(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments, thickness); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
     //inline  void  AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0) { AddEllipseFilled(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments); }                        // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
@@ -3660,6 +3679,7 @@ struct ImTextureData
     bool                WantDestroyNextFrame;   // rw   -   // [Internal] Queued to set ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy next frame. May still be used in the current frame.
 
     // Functions
+    // - If GetPixels() functions asserts while being called by your render loop, it could be caused by calling ImFontAtlas::Clear()/ClearFonts()?
     ImTextureData()     { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Status = ImTextureStatus_Destroyed; TexID = ImTextureID_Invalid; }
     ~ImTextureData()    { DestroyPixels(); }
     IMGUI_API void      Create(ImTextureFormat format, int w, int h);
@@ -3813,15 +3833,17 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels = 0.0f, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed.
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_data_size, float size_pixels = 0.0f, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp.
     IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels = 0.0f, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);              // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter.
-    IMGUI_API void              RemoveFont(ImFont* font);
-
-    IMGUI_API void              Clear();                    // Clear everything (input fonts, output glyphs/textures).
-    IMGUI_API void              CompactCache();             // Compact cached glyphs and texture.
+    IMGUI_API void              RemoveFont(ImFont* font);                       // Remove a font
+    IMGUI_API void              CompactCache();                                 // Compact cached glyphs and texture.
     IMGUI_API void              SetFontLoader(const ImFontLoader* font_loader); // Change font loader at runtime.
 
-    // As we are transitioning toward a new font system, we expect to obsolete those soon:
+    // Clearing the atlas/fonts has little use nowadays, unless you want to batch remove all fonts. 
+    // - Since 1.92, you can call ClearFonts() mid-frame, if you load new fonts afterwards. 
+    // - As we are transitioning toward our new font system the semantic for those functions gets increasingly misleading and are often a source of issues.
+    //   TL;DR; most likely, don't use any of those functions. We expect to obsolete/rework them.
+    IMGUI_API void              Clear();                    // Clear everything (fonts + textures). Don't call mid-frame!
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearFonts();               // Clear input+output font data/glyphs. New fonts and textures will be recreated afterwards.
     IMGUI_API void              ClearInputData();           // [OBSOLETE] Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts.
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearFonts();               // [OBSOLETE] Clear input+output font data (same as ClearInputData() + glyphs storage, UV coordinates).
     IMGUI_API void              ClearTexData();             // [OBSOLETE] Clear CPU-side copy of the texture data. Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
@@ -3993,6 +4015,7 @@ enum ImFontFlags_
     ImFontFlags_NoLoadError             = 1 << 1,   // Disable throwing an error/assert when calling AddFontXXX() with missing file/data. Calling code is expected to check AddFontXXX() return value.
     ImFontFlags_NoLoadGlyphs            = 1 << 2,   // [Internal] Disable loading new glyphs.
     ImFontFlags_LockBakedSizes          = 1 << 3,   // [Internal] Disable loading new baked sizes, disable garbage collecting current ones. e.g. if you want to lock a font to a single size. Important: if you use this to preload given sizes, consider the possibility of multiple font density used on Retina display.
+    ImFontFlags_ImplicitRefSize         = 1 << 4,   // [Internal] Reference size was not set explicitly.
 };
 
 // Font runtime data and rendering
@@ -4038,7 +4061,7 @@ struct ImFont
     IMGUI_API void              RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void              RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, ImDrawTextFlags flags = 0);
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    inline const char*          CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) { return CalcWordWrapPosition(LegacySize * scale, text, text_end, wrap_width); }
+    inline const char*          CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) { return CalcWordWrapPosition(LegacySize * scale, text, text_end, wrap_width); } // Obsoleted old name in 1.92.0. Note how `scale` was to `size`.
 #endif
 
     // [Internal] Don't use!
@@ -4121,6 +4144,7 @@ struct ImGuiViewport
     // The library never uses those fields, they are merely storage to facilitate backend implementation.
     void*               RendererUserData;       // void* to hold custom data structure for the renderer (e.g. swap chain, framebuffers etc.). generally set by your Renderer_CreateWindow function.
     void*               PlatformUserData;       // void* to hold custom data structure for the OS / platform (e.g. windowing info, render context). generally set by your Platform_CreateWindow function.
+    void*               PlatformIconData;       // void* to hold custom data structure for the OS / platform to specify an icon. Currently unused for exposed to allow experiments.
     void*               PlatformHandle;         // void* to hold higher-level, platform window handle (e.g. HWND for Win32 backend, Uint32 WindowID for SDL, GLFWWindow* for GLFW), for FindViewportByPlatformHandle().
     void*               PlatformHandleRaw;      // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (always HWND on Win32 platform, unused for other platforms).
     bool                PlatformWindowCreated;  // Platform window has been created (Platform_CreateWindow() has been called). This is false during the first frame where a viewport is being created.
@@ -4228,6 +4252,12 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO
     // Written by some backends during ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() call to point backend_specific ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderState* structure.
     void*       Renderer_RenderState;
 
+    // Standard draw callbacks provided by renderer backend.
+    ImDrawCallback  DrawCallback_ResetRenderState;      // Request to reset the graphics/render state.
+    ImDrawCallback  DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear;      // Request backend to set texture sampling to Linear.
+    ImDrawCallback  DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest;     // Request backend to set texture sampling to Nearest/Point.
+    //ImDrawCallback  DrawCallback_SetSamplerCustom;    // Request backend to set texture sampling using Backend Specific data.
+
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
     // Input - Interface with Platform & Renderer backends for Multi-Viewport support
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -4421,6 +4451,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     //static inline void  SetScrollPosHere()                    { SetScrollHere(); }                                                // OBSOLETED in 1.42
 }
 
+#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState     (ImDrawCallback)(-8)    // OBSOLETED in 1.92.8: Use ImGui::GetPlatformIO().DrawCallback_ResetRenderState
+
 //-- OBSOLETED in 1.92.0: ImFontAtlasCustomRect becomes ImTextureRect
 // - ImFontAtlasCustomRect::X,Y          --> ImTextureRect::x,y
 // - ImFontAtlasCustomRect::Width,Height --> ImTextureRect::w,h

src/spice2x/external/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.92.7
+// dear imgui, v1.92.9 WIP
 // (demo code)
 
 // Help:
@@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow()
 // [SECTION] DemoWindowMenuBar()
 // [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor & Multi-Select demos)
+// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleImageViewer
 // [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsBasic()
 // [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsBullets()
 // [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsCollapsingHeaders()
@@ -108,6 +109,7 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Image Viewer / ShowExampleAppImageViewer()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor()
@@ -240,6 +242,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppImageViewer(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open, ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data);
@@ -321,6 +324,7 @@ struct ImGuiDemoWindowData
     bool ShowAppCustomRendering = false;
     bool ShowAppDocuments = false;
     bool ShowAppDockSpace = false;
+    bool ShowAppImageViewer = false;
     bool ShowAppLog = false;
     bool ShowAppLayout = false;
     bool ShowAppPropertyEditor = false;
@@ -367,6 +371,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
     if (demo_data.ShowAppAssetsBrowser)     { ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(&demo_data.ShowAppAssetsBrowser); }
     if (demo_data.ShowAppConsole)           { ShowExampleAppConsole(&demo_data.ShowAppConsole); }
     if (demo_data.ShowAppCustomRendering)   { ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&demo_data.ShowAppCustomRendering); }
+    if (demo_data.ShowAppImageViewer)       { ShowExampleAppImageViewer(&demo_data.ShowAppImageViewer); }
     if (demo_data.ShowAppLog)               { ShowExampleAppLog(&demo_data.ShowAppLog); }
     if (demo_data.ShowAppLayout)            { ShowExampleAppLayout(&demo_data.ShowAppLayout); }
     if (demo_data.ShowAppPropertyEditor)    { ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&demo_data.ShowAppPropertyEditor, &demo_data); }
@@ -748,6 +753,7 @@ static void DemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data)
             ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppCustomRendering);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppDocuments);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Dockspace", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppDockSpace);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Image Viewer", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppImageViewer);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLog);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppPropertyEditor);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLayout);
@@ -779,7 +785,7 @@ static void DemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data)
                 ImGui::Checkbox("Highlight ID Conflicts", &io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts);
                 ImGui::EndDisabled();
                 ImGui::Checkbox("Assert on error recovery", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert);
-                ImGui::TextDisabled("(see Demo->Configuration for details & more)");
+                ImGui::TextDisabled("(see Demo->Configuration for more)");
                 ImGui::EndMenu();
             }
             ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &demo_data->ShowDebugLog, has_debug_tools);
@@ -896,6 +902,87 @@ static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree()
     return node_L0;
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleImageViewer
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ExampleImageViewerData
+{
+    ImU32   ImageBgColor = IM_COL32(100, 100, 100, 255);
+    ImU32   GridColor = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100);
+    bool    GridEnabled = true;
+    bool    ViewReset = true;
+    ImVec2  ViewOffset; // in image space
+    float   Zoom = 10.0f;
+    float   ZoomMin = 1.0f;
+    float   ZoomMax = 10000.0f;
+};
+
+static void ExampleImageViewer_DrawOptions(ExampleImageViewerData* data)
+{
+    ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKey_G, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); // | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal
+    ImGui::Checkbox("Grid", &data->GridEnabled);
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 10.0f);
+    float zoom_100 = data->Zoom * 100.0f;
+    if (ImGui::DragFloat("##Zoom", &zoom_100, 5.0f, data->ZoomMin * 100.0f, data->ZoomMax * 100.0f, "%.0f%%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp))
+        data->Zoom = zoom_100 / 100.0f;
+}
+
+static void ExampleImageViewer_DrawCanvas(ExampleImageViewerData* data, ImVec2 canvas_size, ImTextureRef image_tex_ref, int image_w, int image_h)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+    IM_ASSERT(canvas_size.x >= 0.0f && canvas_size.y >= 0.0f);
+
+    // Layout canvas
+    ImGui::InvisibleButton("##Canvas", canvas_size);
+    ImVec2 canvas_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin();
+    ImVec2 canvas_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax();
+
+    if (data->ViewReset)
+        data->ViewOffset = ImVec2((canvas_size.x * 0.5f / data->Zoom) - 0.5f, (canvas_size.y * 0.5f / data->Zoom) - 0.5f); // Add half a pixel padding
+    data->ViewReset = false;
+
+    // Handle inputs
+    if (ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY))
+        if (io.MouseWheel != 0.0f)
+            data->Zoom = IM_CLAMP(data->Zoom * (1.0f + io.MouseWheel * 0.10f), data->ZoomMin, data->ZoomMax);
+    float zoom = data->Zoom; // (float)(int)ViewZoom;
+    if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(0))
+    {
+        data->ViewOffset.x -= io.MouseDelta.x / zoom;
+        data->ViewOffset.y -= io.MouseDelta.y / zoom;
+    }
+
+    // Display image
+    ImVec2 image_min, image_max;
+    image_min.x = (float)(int)((canvas_min.x - (data->ViewOffset.x * zoom)) + (canvas_size.x * 0.5f));
+    image_min.y = (float)(int)((canvas_min.y - (data->ViewOffset.y * zoom)) + (canvas_size.y * 0.5f));
+    image_max.x = (float)(int)(image_min.x + image_w * zoom);
+    image_max.y = (float)(int)(image_min.y + image_h * zoom);
+    draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(canvas_min.x - 1.0f, canvas_min.y - 1.0f), ImVec2(canvas_max.x + 1.0f, canvas_max.y + 1.0f), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255));
+    draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_min, canvas_max, true);
+    draw_list->AddRectFilled(image_min, image_max, data->ImageBgColor);
+    if (platform_io.DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest != NULL)
+        draw_list->AddCallback(platform_io.DrawCallback_SetSamplerNearest);
+    draw_list->AddImage(image_tex_ref, image_min, image_max);
+    if (platform_io.DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear != NULL)
+        draw_list->AddCallback(ImGui::GetPlatformIO().DrawCallback_SetSamplerLinear);
+
+    // Display grid lines for visible pixels
+    if (data->GridEnabled && zoom > 6.0f)
+    {
+        const float step = (float)zoom;
+        for (int px = (int)((canvas_min.x - image_min.x) / step); px <= (int)((canvas_max.x - image_min.x) / step); px++)
+            draw_list->AddLineV(image_min.x + px * step, canvas_min.y, canvas_max.y, data->GridColor, 1.0f);
+        for (int py = (int)((canvas_min.y - image_min.y) / step); py <= (int)((canvas_max.y - image_min.y) / step); py++)
+            draw_list->AddLineH(canvas_min.x, canvas_max.x, image_min.y + py * step, data->GridColor, 1.0f);
+    }
+    draw_list->PopClipRect();
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsBasic()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1873,40 +1960,29 @@ static void DemoWindowWidgetsImages()
         // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
 
         // Grab the current texture identifier used by the font atlas.
-        ImTextureRef my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexRef;
+        ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts;
+        ImTextureRef my_tex_id = atlas->TexRef;
+        float my_tex_w = (float)atlas->TexData->Width; // Regular user code should never have to care about TexData-> fields, but since we want to display the entire texture here, we pull Width/Height from it.
+        float my_tex_h = (float)atlas->TexData->Height;
+        ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h);
 
-        // Regular user code should never have to care about TexData-> fields, but since we want to display the entire texture here, we pull Width/Height from it.
-        float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexData->Width;
-        float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexData->Height;
+        // Basic drawing
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Image()/ImageWithBg() function");
+        ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left
+        ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ImageBorderSize, IM_MAX(1.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ImageBorderSize));
+        ImGui::ImageWithBg(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f));
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
 
-        {
-            ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h);
-            ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
-            ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left
-            ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right
-            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ImageBorderSize, IM_MAX(1.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ImageBorderSize));
-            ImGui::ImageWithBg(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f));
-            if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
-            {
-                float region_sz = 32.0f;
-                float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f;
-                float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f;
-                float zoom = 4.0f;
-                if (region_x < 0.0f) { region_x = 0.0f; }
-                else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) { region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; }
-                if (region_y < 0.0f) { region_y = 0.0f; }
-                else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) { region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; }
-                ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y);
-                ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz);
-                ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h);
-                ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h);
-                ImGui::ImageWithBg(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f));
-                ImGui::EndTooltip();
-            }
-            ImGui::PopStyleVar();
-        }
+        // Fancy widget
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Interactive Image Viewer");
+        static ExampleImageViewerData image_viewer;
+        ImVec2 canvas_size(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x, my_tex_h * 2.0f);
+        ExampleImageViewer_DrawOptions(&image_viewer);
+        ExampleImageViewer_DrawCanvas(&image_viewer, canvas_size, my_tex_id, (int)my_tex_w, (int)my_tex_h);
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images/Textured buttons");
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Textured Buttons");
         ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons..");
         static int pressed_count = 0;
         for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
@@ -4131,7 +4207,7 @@ static void DemoWindowWidgetsTooltips()
         ImGui::BeginDisabled();
         ImGui::Button("Disabled item", sz);
         if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
-            ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a a tooltip for a disabled item.");
+            ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip for a disabled item.");
         ImGui::EndDisabled();
 
         ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -4148,9 +4224,9 @@ static void DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes()
     {
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes");
         // See see "Examples -> Property Editor" (ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() function) for a fancier, data-driven tree.
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees"))
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Trees"))
         {
-            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Basic trees");
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Basic Trees");
             for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
             {
                 // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. We could
@@ -4174,9 +4250,9 @@ static void DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes()
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Hierarchy lines"))
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Hierarchy Lines"))
         {
-            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Hierarchy lines");
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Hierarchy Lines");
             static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesFull | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen;
             HelpMarker("Default option for DrawLinesXXX is stored in style.TreeLinesFlags");
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesNone", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesNone);
@@ -4213,15 +4289,57 @@ static void DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes()
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes"))
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectable Nodes"))
         {
-            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Advanced, with Selectable nodes");
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Selectable Nodes");
             HelpMarker(
-                "This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\n"
-                "Click to select, Ctrl+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open.");
+                "Manually implemented selectable nodes.\n"
+                "Click to select, Ctrl+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open.\n\n"
+                "You may also use the multi-select API (see 'Demo->Widgets->Selection State & Multi-Select') for more advanced multi-selection features.");
+
+            // Hold in 'selection_mask' a simple representation of what may be user-side selection state.
+            // - You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit.
+            //   You may use ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage which is conceptually close to a set<> of identifiers.
+            // - We record which node was clicked and then apply selection at the end of the loop.
+            // - This is a manual and simplified reimplementation of multi-selection, which the full
+            //   BeginMultiSelect() API implements better, but which is not trivial to wire for trees.
+            static int selection_mask = 0x00;
+            int node_clicked_idx = -1;
+            for (int node_n = 0; node_n < 6; node_n++)
+            {
+                // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection.
+                // To alter selection we use if 'IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen()', so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection.
+                // In a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() we could use IsItemToggledSelection() but here we reimplement and use our own logic.
+                ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth;
+                if (selection_mask & (1 << node_n))
+                    flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected;
+
+                bool is_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node_n, flags, "Selectable Node %d", node_n);
+                if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen())
+                    node_clicked_idx = node_n;
+                if (is_open)
+                {
+                    ImGui::BulletText("<Node contents here>");
+                    ImGui::TreePop();
+                }
+            }
+            if (node_clicked_idx != -1)
+            {
+                // Update selection state (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame)
+                if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)
+                    selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked_idx);          // Ctrl+Click to toggle
+                else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked_idx))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection
+                    selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked_idx);           // Click to single-select
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced"))
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Advanced");
             static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth;
             static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false;
-            static bool test_drag_and_drop = false;
+            static bool use_drag_and_drop = false;
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node.");
@@ -4239,44 +4357,30 @@ static void DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes()
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesToNodes", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesToNodes);
 
             ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position);
-            ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop);
-            ImGui::Text("Hello!");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Make Tree Nodes as drag & drop sources", &use_drag_and_drop);
             if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
                 ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
 
-            // 'selection_mask' is dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state.
-            //  You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit.
-            // 'node_clicked' is temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end
-            /// of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc.
-            static int selection_mask = (1 << 2);
-            int node_clicked = -1;
-            for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+            for (int node_n = 0; node_n < 6; node_n++)
             {
-                // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection.
-                // To alter selection we use IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen(), so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection.
                 ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags;
-                const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0;
-                if (is_selected)
-                    node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected;
-                if (i < 3)
+                if (node_n < 3)
                 {
                     // Items 0..2 are Tree Node
-                    bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i);
-                    if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen())
-                        node_clicked = i;
-                    if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource())
+                    bool is_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node_n, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", node_n);
+                    if (use_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource())
                     {
-                        ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0);
+                        ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("MY_TREENODE_PAYLOAD_TYPE", NULL, 0);
                         ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source");
                         ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
                     }
-                    if (i == 2 && (base_flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth))
+                    if (node_n == 2 && (base_flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth))
                     {
                         // Item 2 has an additional inline button to help demonstrate SpanLabelWidth.
                         ImGui::SameLine();
                         if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {}
                     }
-                    if (node_open)
+                    if (is_open)
                     {
                         ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah");
                         ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -4290,26 +4394,15 @@ static void DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes()
                     // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can
                     // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text().
                     node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet
-                    ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i);
-                    if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen())
-                        node_clicked = i;
-                    if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource())
+                    ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node_n, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", node_n);
+                    if (use_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource())
                     {
-                        ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0);
+                        ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("MY_TREENODE_PAYLOAD_TYPE", NULL, 0);
                         ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source");
                         ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
                     }
                 }
             }
-            if (node_clicked != -1)
-            {
-                // Update selection state
-                // (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame)
-                if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)
-                    selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked);          // Ctrl+Click to toggle
-                else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection
-                    selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked);           // Click to single-select
-            }
             if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
                 ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
             ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -8941,7 +9034,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile()
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Options");
         static bool enabled = true;
         ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled);
-        ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders);
+        ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 5.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders);
         for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
             ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i);
         ImGui::EndChild();
@@ -9353,6 +9446,28 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open)
     console.Draw("Example: Console", p_open);
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Image Viewer / ShowExampleAppImageViewer()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void ShowExampleAppImageViewer(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImFontAtlas* atlas = ImGui::GetIO().Fonts;
+    ImTextureRef tex_ref = atlas->TexRef; // We don't have access to other textures in this demo!
+    int tex_w = atlas->TexData->Width;
+    int tex_h = atlas->TexData->Height;
+    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Image Viewer", p_open))
+    {
+        static ExampleImageViewerData image_viewer;
+        ExampleImageViewer_DrawOptions(&image_viewer);
+        ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail();
+        ImVec2 canvas_min_size = ImGui::IsWindowAppearing() ? ImVec2(3.0f * tex_w, 4.0f * tex_h) : ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
+        canvas_size = ImVec2(IM_MAX(canvas_size.x, canvas_min_size.x), IM_MAX(canvas_size.y, canvas_min_size.y));
+        ExampleImageViewer_DrawCanvas(&image_viewer, canvas_size, tex_ref, tex_w, tex_h);
+    }
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -10248,20 +10363,20 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
                 draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th);                 x += sz + spacing;  // N-gon
                 draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th);          x += sz + spacing;  // Circle
                 draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), ImVec2(sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing;  // Ellipse
-                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th);          x += sz + spacing;  // Square
-                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th);      x += sz + spacing;  // Square with all rounded corners
-                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th);         x += sz + spacing;  // Square with two rounded corners
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, th);                            x += sz + spacing;  // Square
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, th);                        x += sz + spacing;  // Square with all rounded corners
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, th, corners_tl_br);         x += sz + spacing;  // Square with two rounded corners
                 draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing;  // Triangle
                 //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
-                PathConcaveShape(draw_list, x, y, sz); draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, th);          x += sz + spacing;  // Concave Shape
+                PathConcaveShape(draw_list, x, y, sz); draw_list->PathStroke(col, th, ImDrawFlags_Closed);          x += sz + spacing;  // Concave Shape
                 //draw_list->AddPolyline(concave_shape, IM_COUNTOF(concave_shape), col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, th);
-                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th);                                       x += sz + spacing;  // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
-                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th);                                       x += spacing;       // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
+                draw_list->AddLineH(x, x + sz, y, col, th);                                                         x += sz + spacing;  // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
+                draw_list->AddLineV(x, y, y + sz, col, th);                                                         x += spacing;       // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
                 draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th);                                  x += sz + spacing;  // Diagonal line
 
                 // Path
                 draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, 3.141592f, 3.141592f * -0.5f);
-                draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_None, th);
+                draw_list->PathStroke(col, th);
                 x += sz + spacing;
 
                 // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points)
@@ -10395,9 +10510,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
             {
                 const float GRID_STEP = 64.0f;
                 for (float x = fmodf(scrolling.x, GRID_STEP); x < canvas_sz.x; x += GRID_STEP)
-                    draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p0.y), ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p1.y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40));
+                    draw_list->AddLineV(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p0.y, canvas_p1.y, IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40));
                 for (float y = fmodf(scrolling.y, GRID_STEP); y < canvas_sz.y; y += GRID_STEP)
-                    draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x, canvas_p0.y + y), ImVec2(canvas_p1.x, canvas_p0.y + y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40));
+                    draw_list->AddLineH(canvas_p0.x, canvas_p1.x, canvas_p0.y + y, IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40));
             }
             for (int n = 0; n < points.Size; n += 2)
                 draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(origin.x + points[n].x, origin.y + points[n].y), ImVec2(origin.x + points[n + 1].x, origin.y + points[n + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f);
@@ -11067,10 +11182,11 @@ struct ExampleAssetsBrowser
     bool            AllowBoxSelect = true;                  // Will set ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d
     bool            AllowBoxSelectInsideSelection = false;  // Will set ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickAlways
     bool            AllowDragUnselected = false;            // Will set ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease
-    float           IconSize = 32.0f;
+    float           IconSize = 0;
     int             IconSpacing = 10;
-    int             IconHitSpacing = 4;         // Increase hit-spacing if you want to make it possible to clear or box-select from gaps. Some spacing is required to able to amend with Shift+box-select. Value is small in Explorer.
+    int             IconHitSpacing = 4;                     // Increase hit-spacing if you want to make it possible to clear or box-select from gaps. Some spacing is required to able to amend with Shift+box-select. Value is small in Explorer.
     bool            StretchSpacing = true;
+    bool            UseScrollX = false;                     // Debug: submit twice the number of items per line (overflow horizontally to exercise ScrollX + box-select)
 
     // State
     ImVector<ExampleAsset> Items;               // Our items
@@ -11121,12 +11237,15 @@ struct ExampleAssetsBrowser
         // Layout: calculate number of icon per line and number of lines
         LayoutItemSize = ImVec2(floorf(IconSize), floorf(IconSize));
         LayoutColumnCount = IM_MAX((int)(avail_width / (LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing)), 1);
-        LayoutLineCount = (Items.Size + LayoutColumnCount - 1) / LayoutColumnCount;
 
         // Layout: when stretching: allocate remaining space to more spacing. Round before division, so item_spacing may be non-integer.
         if (StretchSpacing && LayoutColumnCount > 1)
             LayoutItemSpacing = floorf(avail_width - LayoutItemSize.x * LayoutColumnCount) / LayoutColumnCount;
 
+        if (UseScrollX)
+            LayoutColumnCount *= 2;
+        LayoutLineCount = (Items.Size + LayoutColumnCount - 1) / LayoutColumnCount;
+
         LayoutItemStep = ImVec2(LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing, LayoutItemSize.y + LayoutItemSpacing);
         LayoutSelectableSpacing = IM_MAX(floorf(LayoutItemSpacing) - IconHitSpacing, 0.0f);
         LayoutOuterPadding = floorf(LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f);
@@ -11134,6 +11253,9 @@ struct ExampleAssetsBrowser
 
     void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open)
     {
+        if (IconSize <= 0.0f)
+            IconSize = ImGui::CalcTextSize("99999").x;
+
         ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(IconSize * 25, IconSize * 15), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
         if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
         {
@@ -11183,6 +11305,7 @@ struct ExampleAssetsBrowser
                 ImGui::SliderInt("Icon Spacing", &IconSpacing, 0, 32);
                 ImGui::SliderInt("Icon Hit Spacing", &IconHitSpacing, 0, 32);
                 ImGui::Checkbox("Stretch Spacing", &StretchSpacing);
+                ImGui::Checkbox("Use ScrollX", &UseScrollX);
                 ImGui::PopItemWidth();
                 ImGui::EndMenu();
             }
@@ -11212,7 +11335,7 @@ struct ExampleAssetsBrowser
 
         ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
         ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, LayoutOuterPadding + LayoutLineCount * (LayoutItemSize.y + LayoutItemSpacing)));
-        if (ImGui::BeginChild("Assets", ImVec2(0.0f, -ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+        if (ImGui::BeginChild("Assets", ImVec2(0.0f, -ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
         {
             ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
 
@@ -11356,6 +11479,8 @@ struct ExampleAssetsBrowser
                 }
             }
             clipper.End();
+            if (Items.Size == 0)
+                ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0, 0));
             ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
 
             // Context menu

src/spice2x/external/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.92.7
+// dear imgui, v1.92.9 WIP
 // (drawing and font code)
 
 /*
@@ -208,6 +208,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.51f, 0.51f, 0.51f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckboxSelectedBg]     = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg], colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered], 0.65f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.24f, 0.52f, 0.88f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
@@ -277,6 +278,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckboxSelectedBg]     = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg], colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive], 0.65f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.40f, 0.61f, 0.62f);
@@ -347,6 +349,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 0.80f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckboxSelectedBg]     = ImVec4(0.95f, 0.97f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.78f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
@@ -405,7 +408,6 @@ ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData()
         const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_COUNTOF(ArcFastVtx);
         ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a));
     }
-    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
 }
 
 ImDrawListSharedData::~ImDrawListSharedData()
@@ -415,17 +417,17 @@ ImDrawListSharedData::~ImDrawListSharedData()
 
 void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error)
 {
-    if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error)
+    if (CircleTessellationMaxError == max_error)
         return;
 
     IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f);
-    CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error;
+    CircleTessellationMaxError = max_error;
     for (int i = 0; i < IM_COUNTOF(CircleSegmentCounts); i++)
     {
         const float radius = (float)i;
-        CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX);
+        CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleTessellationMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX);
     }
-    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
+    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleTessellationMaxError);
 }
 
 ImDrawList::ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data)
@@ -534,9 +536,14 @@ void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd()
 
 void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* userdata, size_t userdata_size)
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    if (callback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState && _Data->Context != NULL && _Data->Context->PlatformIO.DrawCallback_ResetRenderState != NULL)
+        callback = _Data->Context->PlatformIO.DrawCallback_ResetRenderState; // == ImGui::GetPlatformIO().DrawCallback_ResetRenderState
+#endif
+
     IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
     ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
-    IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
     IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
     if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
     {
@@ -654,11 +661,11 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset()
 int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const
 {
     // Automatic segment count
-    const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy
+    const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy
     if (radius_idx >= 0 && radius_idx < IM_COUNTOF(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
         return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
     else
-        return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
+        return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleTessellationMaxError);
 }
 
 // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
@@ -668,7 +675,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool i
     if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
     {
         ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
-        if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x;
+        if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x; // = ClipWith(). Note that passing inverted range wouldn't be fixed here.
         if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y;
         if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z;
         if (cr.w > current.w) cr.w = current.w;
@@ -812,7 +819,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c
 
 // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
 // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
-void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, float thickness, ImDrawFlags flags)
 {
     if (points_count < 2 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
@@ -822,6 +829,12 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
     const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw
     const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale);
 
+    // If this assert triggers on legacy code:
+    // - 1.92.8 (2025/05): swapped two last parameters order: flags, thickness --> thickness, flags. This should normally be caught by compile-time type-checking.
+    // - 1.92.8 (2025/05): changed value of ImDrawList_Closed which was previously guaranteed to be == 1. Hardcoded use of 1 or true should be replaced.
+    // Read more details near AddRect() + see "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.82, 1.90 and 1.92.8.
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET((flags & ImDrawFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0, "Incorrect parameter. Did you swap 'thickness' and 'flags'?");
+
     if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
     {
         // Anti-aliased stroke
@@ -1438,35 +1451,13 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3,
     }
 }
 
-static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags)
-{
-    /*
-    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4));
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021). This code was stripped/simplified and mostly commented in 1.90 (from September 2023)
-    // - Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All)
-    if (flags == ~0)                    { return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; }
-    // - Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations). Read details in older version of this code.
-    if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) { return (flags << 4); }
-    // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f'
-#endif
-    */
-    // If this assert triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values.
-    // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc. anyway.
-    // See details in 1.82 Changelog as well as 2021/03/12 and 2023/09/08 entries in "API BREAKING CHANGES" section.
-    IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!");
-
-    if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
-        flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
-
-    return flags;
-}
-
 void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
 {
     if (rounding >= 0.5f)
     {
-        flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
+        if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
+            flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
+
         rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f);
         rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f);
     }
@@ -1494,22 +1485,48 @@ void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float th
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
-    PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
-    PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
-    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+    const ImVec2 points[2] = { ImVec2(p1.x + 0.5f, p1.y + 0.5f), ImVec2(p2.x + 0.5f, p2.y + 0.5f) };
+    AddPolyline(points, 2, col, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddLineH(float min_x, float max_x, float y, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+    const ImVec2 points[2] = { ImVec2(min_x + 0.5f, y + 0.5f), ImVec2(max_x + 0.5f, y + 0.5f) }; // Same as AddLine() above.
+    AddPolyline(points, 2, col, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddLineV(float x, float min_y, float max_y, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+    const ImVec2 points[2] = { ImVec2(x + 0.5f, min_y + 0.5f), ImVec2(x + 0.5f, max_y + 0.5f) }; // Same as AddLine() above.
+    AddPolyline(points, 2, col, thickness);
 }
 
 // p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
 // Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly.
-void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, float thickness, ImDrawFlags flags)
 {
+    // If this assert triggers on legacy code:
+    // - 1.92.8 (2025/05): swapped two last parameters order: flags, thickness --> thickness, flags. This should normally be caught by compile-time type-checking.
+    // - 1.92.8 (2025/05): changed value of ImDrawList_Closed which was previously guaranteed to be == 1. Hardcoded use of 1 or true should be replaced.
+    // - 1.82.0 (2021/03): changed ImDrawCornerFlags to ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX values.
+    //   If you used hard-coded 1 to 15 or ~0 in flags to configure corner rounding use the new flags!
+    //   - Hard coded support for ~0 == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll.
+    //   - Hard coded support for values 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations) --> see FixRectCornerFlags() in <1.90 code.
+    //   - Hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f'.
+    //   See "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.82, 1.90 and 1.92.8.
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET((flags & ImDrawFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0, "Incorrect parameter. Did you swap 'thickness' and 'flags'?"); // Or misuse of legacy hard-coded ImDrawCornerFlags values
+
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
     if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
         PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags);
     else
         PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
-    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+    PathStroke(col, thickness, ImDrawFlags_Closed);
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
@@ -1553,7 +1570,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, c
     PathLineTo(p2);
     PathLineTo(p3);
     PathLineTo(p4);
-    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+    PathStroke(col, thickness, ImDrawFlags_Closed);
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col)
@@ -1576,7 +1593,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p
     PathLineTo(p1);
     PathLineTo(p2);
     PathLineTo(p3);
-    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+    PathStroke(col, thickness, ImDrawFlags_Closed);
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col)
@@ -1611,7 +1628,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int nu
         PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
     }
 
-    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+    PathStroke(col, thickness, ImDrawFlags_Closed);
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
@@ -1647,7 +1664,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_
     // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
     const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
     PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
-    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+    PathStroke(col, thickness, ImDrawFlags_Closed);
 }
 
 // Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
@@ -1674,7 +1691,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 co
     // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
     const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
     PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
-    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+    PathStroke(col, thickness, ImDrawFlags_Closed);
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments)
@@ -1699,7 +1716,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2
 
     PathLineTo(p1);
     PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
-    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+    PathStroke(col, thickness);
 }
 
 // Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points
@@ -1710,7 +1727,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const Im
 
     PathLineTo(p1);
     PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments);
-    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+    PathStroke(col, thickness);
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::AddText(ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect)
@@ -1782,7 +1799,10 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureRef tex_ref, const ImVec2& p_min, cons
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!"); // If this assert triggers on legacy code: see comments in ImDrawList::PathRect().
+    if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
+
     if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
     {
         AddImage(tex_ref, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
@@ -2507,10 +2527,11 @@ void ImTextureData::DestroyPixels()
 // - Default texture data encoded in ASCII
 // - ImFontAtlas()
 // - ImFontAtlas::Clear()
-// - ImFontAtlas::CompactCache()
+// - ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
 // - ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
 // - ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
-// - ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
+// - ImFontAtlas::CompactCache()
+// - ImFontAtlas::SetFontLoader()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - ImFontAtlasUpdateNewFrame()
 // - ImFontAtlasTextureBlockConvert()
@@ -2547,8 +2568,6 @@ void ImTextureData::DestroyPixels()
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildPreloadAllGlyphRanges()
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildUpdatePointers()
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildRenderBitmapFromString()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateBasicTexData()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateLinesTexData()
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildAddFont()
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFontBakedEllipsis()
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFontBakedBlanks()
@@ -2565,13 +2584,14 @@ void ImTextureData::DestroyPixels()
 // - ImFontAtlasUpdateDrawListsSharedData()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildSetTexture()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildAddTexture()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildMakeSpace()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildRepackTexture()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildGrowTexture()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildRepackOrGrowTexture()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildGetTextureSizeEstimate()
-// - ImFontAtlasBuildCompactTexture()
+// - ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateTexData()
+// - ImFontAtlasTextureAdd()
+// - ImFontAtlasTextureRepack()
+// - ImFontAtlasTextureGrow()
+// - ImFontAtlasTextureMakeSpace()
+// - ImFontAtlasTextureGetSizeEstimate()
+// - ImFontAtlasBuildClear()
+// - ImFontAtlasTextureCompact()
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildInit()
 // - ImFontAtlasBuildDestroy()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2671,9 +2691,12 @@ ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas()
     TexData = NULL;
 }
 
-// If you call this mid-frame, you would need to add new font and bind them!
+// You probably should not call this directly. It is not well specified.
+// If you want to replace all your fonts mid-frame, most likely you should instead call ClearFonts() then load the new fonts.
+// Calling this mid-frame will discard the CPU-side copy of the texture data which is generally unreliable as you may have textures queued for creation or updates.
 void ImFontAtlas::Clear()
 {
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FONT("[font] ImFontAtlas::Clear()\n");
     bool backup_renderer_has_textures = RendererHasTextures;
     RendererHasTextures = false; // Full Clear() is supported, but ClearTexData() only isn't.
     ClearFonts();
@@ -2681,20 +2704,28 @@ void ImFontAtlas::Clear()
     RendererHasTextures = backup_renderer_has_textures;
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlas::CompactCache()
+void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
 {
-    ImFontAtlasTextureCompact(this);
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlas::SetFontLoader(const ImFontLoader* font_loader)
-{
-    ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFontLoader(this, font_loader);
+    // FIXME-NEWATLAS: Illegal to remove currently bound font.
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FONT("[font] ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()\n");
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas!");
+    for (ImFont* font : Fonts)
+        ImFontAtlasBuildNotifySetFont(this, font, NULL);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildDestroy(this);
+    ClearInputData();
+    Fonts.clear_delete();
+    TexIsBuilt = false;
+    for (ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data : DrawListSharedDatas)
+        if (shared_data->FontAtlas == this)
+        {
+            shared_data->Font = NULL;
+            shared_data->FontScale = shared_data->FontSize = 0.0f;
+        }
 }
 
 void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
 {
     IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas!");
-
     for (ImFont* font : Fonts)
         ImFontAtlasFontDestroyOutput(this, font);
     for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : Sources)
@@ -2718,22 +2749,14 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
     //Locked = true; // Hoped to be able to lock this down but some reload patterns may not be happy with it.
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
+void ImFontAtlas::CompactCache()
 {
-    // FIXME-NEWATLAS: Illegal to remove currently bound font.
-    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas!");
-    for (ImFont* font : Fonts)
-        ImFontAtlasBuildNotifySetFont(this, font, NULL);
-    ImFontAtlasBuildDestroy(this);
-    ClearInputData();
-    Fonts.clear_delete();
-    TexIsBuilt = false;
-    for (ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data : DrawListSharedDatas)
-        if (shared_data->FontAtlas == this)
-        {
-            shared_data->Font = NULL;
-            shared_data->FontScale = shared_data->FontSize = 0.0f;
-        }
+    ImFontAtlasTextureCompact(this);
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::SetFontLoader(const ImFontLoader* font_loader)
+{
+    ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFontLoader(this, font_loader);
 }
 
 static void ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateRendererHasTexturesFromContext(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
@@ -2760,6 +2783,28 @@ void ImFontAtlasUpdateNewFrame(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int frame_count, bool rendere
     IM_ASSERT(atlas->Builder == NULL || atlas->Builder->FrameCount < frame_count); // Protection against being called twice.
     atlas->RendererHasTextures = renderer_has_textures;
 
+    // Update texture status and discard old textures.
+    // (we do this first thing to handle an edge case: if user mistakenly calls ClearFonts()+SetStatus(OK) during
+    //  rendering, it would ImFontAtlasBuildMain() rebuilding before tex->Updates[] gets a chance to be cleared)
+    // (if somehow we need to move this back lower in the function, we could manually call the code to clear Updates[]).
+    for (int tex_n = 0; tex_n < atlas->TexList.Size; tex_n++)
+    {
+        // Update and remove if requested
+        ImTextureData* tex = atlas->TexList[tex_n];
+        if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantCreate && atlas->RendererHasTextures)
+            IM_ASSERT(tex->TexID == ImTextureID_Invalid && tex->BackendUserData == NULL && "Backend set texture's TexID/BackendUserData but did not update Status to OK.");
+
+        bool remove_from_list = ImTextureDataUpdateNewFrame(tex);
+        if (remove_from_list)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexData != tex);
+            tex->DestroyPixels();
+            IM_DELETE(tex);
+            atlas->TexList.erase(atlas->TexList.begin() + tex_n);
+            tex_n--;
+        }
+    }
+
     // Check that font atlas was built or backend support texture reload in which case we can build now
     if (atlas->RendererHasTextures)
     {
@@ -2799,61 +2844,49 @@ void ImFontAtlasUpdateNewFrame(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int frame_count, bool rendere
         builder->BakedPool.Size -= builder->BakedDiscardedCount;
         builder->BakedDiscardedCount = 0;
     }
+}
 
-    // Update texture status
-    for (int tex_n = 0; tex_n < atlas->TexList.Size; tex_n++)
+bool ImTextureDataUpdateNewFrame(ImTextureData* tex)
+{
+    bool remove_from_list = false;
+    if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_OK)
     {
-        ImTextureData* tex = atlas->TexList[tex_n];
-        bool remove_from_list = false;
-        if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_OK)
-        {
-            tex->Updates.resize(0);
-            tex->UpdateRect.x = tex->UpdateRect.y = (unsigned short)~0;
-            tex->UpdateRect.w = tex->UpdateRect.h = 0;
-        }
-        if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantCreate && atlas->RendererHasTextures)
-            IM_ASSERT(tex->TexID == ImTextureID_Invalid && tex->BackendUserData == NULL && "Backend set texture's TexID/BackendUserData but did not update Status to OK.");
-
-        // Request destroy
-        // - Keep bool to true in order to differentiate a planned destroy vs a destroy decided by the backend.
-        // - We don't destroy pixels right away, as backend may have an in-flight copy from RAM.
-        if (tex->WantDestroyNextFrame && tex->Status != ImTextureStatus_Destroyed && tex->Status != ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy)
-        {
-            IM_ASSERT(tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_OK || tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantCreate || tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantUpdates);
-            tex->Status = ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy;
-        }
-
-        // If a texture has never reached the backend, they don't need to know about it.
-        // (note: backends between 1.92.0 and 1.92.4 could set an already destroyed texture to ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy
-        //  when invalidating graphics objects twice, which would previously remove it from the list and crash.)
-        if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy && tex->TexID == ImTextureID_Invalid && tex->BackendUserData == NULL)
-            tex->Status = ImTextureStatus_Destroyed;
-
-        // Process texture being destroyed
-        if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_Destroyed)
-        {
-            IM_ASSERT(tex->TexID == ImTextureID_Invalid && tex->BackendUserData == NULL && "Backend set texture Status to Destroyed but did not clear TexID/BackendUserData!");
-            if (tex->WantDestroyNextFrame)
-                remove_from_list = true; // Destroy was scheduled by us
-            else
-                tex->Status = ImTextureStatus_WantCreate; // Destroy was done was backend: recreate it (e.g. freed resources mid-run)
-        }
-
-        // The backend may need defer destroying by a few frames, to handle texture used by previous in-flight rendering.
-        // We allow the texture staying in _WantDestroy state and increment a counter which the backend can use to take its decision.
-        if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy)
-            tex->UnusedFrames++;
-
-        // Destroy and remove
-        if (remove_from_list)
-        {
-            IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexData != tex);
-            tex->DestroyPixels();
-            IM_DELETE(tex);
-            atlas->TexList.erase(atlas->TexList.begin() + tex_n);
-            tex_n--;
-        }
+        tex->Updates.resize(0);
+        tex->UpdateRect.x = tex->UpdateRect.y = (unsigned short)~0;
+        tex->UpdateRect.w = tex->UpdateRect.h = 0;
     }
+
+    // Request destroy
+    // - Keep bool to true in order to differentiate a planned destroy vs a destroy decided by the backend.
+    // - We don't destroy pixels right away, as backend may have an in-flight copy from RAM.
+    if (tex->WantDestroyNextFrame && tex->Status != ImTextureStatus_Destroyed && tex->Status != ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_OK || tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantCreate || tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantUpdates);
+        tex->Status = ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy;
+    }
+
+    // If a texture has never reached the backend, they don't need to know about it.
+    // (note: backends between 1.92.0 and 1.92.4 could set an already destroyed texture to ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy
+    //  when invalidating graphics objects twice, which would previously remove it from the list and crash.)
+    if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy && tex->TexID == ImTextureID_Invalid && tex->BackendUserData == NULL)
+        tex->Status = ImTextureStatus_Destroyed;
+
+    // Process texture being destroyed
+    if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_Destroyed)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(tex->TexID == ImTextureID_Invalid && tex->BackendUserData == NULL && "Backend set texture Status to Destroyed but did not clear TexID/BackendUserData!");
+        if (tex->WantDestroyNextFrame)
+            remove_from_list = true; // Destroy was scheduled by us
+        else
+            tex->Status = ImTextureStatus_WantCreate; // Destroy was done was backend: recreate it (e.g. freed resources mid-run)
+    }
+
+    // The backend may need defer destroying by a few frames, to handle texture used by previous in-flight rendering.
+    // We allow the texture staying in _WantDestroy state and increment a counter which the backend can use to take its decision.
+    if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy)
+        tex->UnusedFrames++;
+
+    return remove_from_list;
 }
 
 void ImFontAtlasTextureBlockConvert(const unsigned char* src_pixels, ImTextureFormat src_fmt, int src_pitch, unsigned char* dst_pixels, ImTextureFormat dst_fmt, int dst_pitch, int w, int h)
@@ -2967,12 +3000,17 @@ void ImFontAtlasTextureBlockCopy(ImTextureData* src_tex, int src_x, int src_y, I
         memcpy(dst_tex->GetPixelsAt(dst_x, dst_y + y), src_tex->GetPixelsAt(src_x, src_y + y), w * dst_tex->BytesPerPixel);
 }
 
-// Queue texture block update for renderer backend
 void ImFontAtlasTextureBlockQueueUpload(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImTextureData* tex, int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+    ImTextureDataQueueUpload(tex, x, y, w, h);
+    atlas->TexIsBuilt = false;
+}
+
+// Queue texture block update for renderer backend
+void ImTextureDataQueueUpload(ImTextureData* tex, int x, int y, int w, int h)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(tex->Status != ImTextureStatus_WantDestroy && tex->Status != ImTextureStatus_Destroyed);
     IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x <= 0xFFFF && y >= 0 && y <= 0xFFFF && w >= 0 && x + w <= 0x10000 && h >= 0 && y + h <= 0x10000);
-    IM_UNUSED(atlas);
 
     ImTextureRect req = { (unsigned short)x, (unsigned short)y, (unsigned short)w, (unsigned short)h };
     int new_x1 = ImMax(tex->UpdateRect.w == 0 ? 0 : tex->UpdateRect.x + tex->UpdateRect.w, req.x + req.w);
@@ -2985,7 +3023,6 @@ void ImFontAtlasTextureBlockQueueUpload(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImTextureData* tex,
     tex->UsedRect.y = ImMin(tex->UsedRect.y, req.y);
     tex->UsedRect.w = (unsigned short)(ImMax(tex->UsedRect.x + tex->UsedRect.w, req.x + req.w) - tex->UsedRect.x);
     tex->UsedRect.h = (unsigned short)(ImMax(tex->UsedRect.y + tex->UsedRect.h, req.y + req.h) - tex->UsedRect.y);
-    atlas->TexIsBuilt = false;
 
     // No need to queue if status is == ImTextureStatus_WantCreate
     if (tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_OK || tex->Status == ImTextureStatus_WantUpdates)
@@ -3056,7 +3093,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_in)
     }
     else
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(Fonts.Size > 0 && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before.
+        IM_ASSERT(Fonts.Size > 0 && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font!"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before.
         font = font_cfg_in->DstFont ? font_cfg_in->DstFont : Fonts.back();
         ImFontAtlasFontDiscardBakes(this, font, 0); // Need to discard bakes if the font was already used, because baked->FontLoaderDatas[] will change size. (#9162)
     }
@@ -3084,6 +3121,11 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_in)
         IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontLoader->FontBakedLoadGlyph != NULL);
         IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontLoader->LoaderInit == NULL && font_cfg->FontLoader->LoaderShutdown == NULL); // FIXME-NEWATLAS: Unsupported yet.
     }
+    //                             | Target w/ Implicit RefSize | Target w/ Explicit RefSize |
+    // Adding w/ Implicit RefSize: | OK (same scale)            | OK (same scale)            |
+    // Adding w/ Explicit RefSize: | KO                         | OK (custom scale)          |
+    if (font_cfg_in->MergeMode && font_cfg_in->SizePixels > 0)
+        IM_ASSERT((font->Flags & ImFontFlags_ImplicitRefSize) == 0 && "Cannot use MergeMode with an explicit reference size when the destination font used an implicit reference size!");
     IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontLoaderData == NULL);
 
     if (!ImFontAtlasFontSourceInit(this, font_cfg))
@@ -3120,8 +3162,10 @@ static void         Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst)
         dst += 4;
     }
 }
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT_BITMAP)
 static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataProggyClean(int* out_size);
+#endif
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT_VECTOR)
 static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataProggyForever(int* out_size);
 #endif
 
@@ -3146,12 +3190,15 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg)
 // If you want a similar font which may be better scaled, consider using AddFontDefaultVector().
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefaultBitmap(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
 {
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT_BITMAP)
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
     if (!font_cfg_template)
         font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true; // Prevents sub-integer scaling factors at lower-level layers.
     if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f)
+    {
         font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f; // This only serves (1) as a reference for GlyphOffset.y setting and (2) as a default for pre-1.92 backend.
+        font_cfg.Flags |= ImFontFlags_ImplicitRefSize;
+    }
     if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
         ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_COUNTOF(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf");
     font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085;
@@ -3164,19 +3211,22 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefaultBitmap(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
     IM_ASSERT(0 && "Function is disabled in this build.");
     IM_UNUSED(font_cfg_template);
     return NULL;
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT
+#endif
 }
 
 // Load a minimal version of ProggyForever, designed to match our good old ProggyClean, but nicely scalable.
 // (See build script in https://github.com/ocornut/proggyforever for details)
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefaultVector(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
 {
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT_VECTOR)
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
     if (!font_cfg_template)
         font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true; // Precisely match ProggyClean, but prevents sub-integer scaling factors at lower-level layers.
     if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f)
+    {
         font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f;
+        font_cfg.Flags |= ImFontFlags_ImplicitRefSize;
+    }
     if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
         ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_COUNTOF(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyForever.ttf");
     font_cfg.ExtraSizeScale *= 1.015f; // Match ProggyClean
@@ -3189,7 +3239,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefaultVector(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
     IM_ASSERT(0 && "Function is disabled in this build.");
     IM_UNUSED(font_cfg_template);
     return NULL;
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT
+#endif
 }
 
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
@@ -3545,7 +3595,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderBitmapFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, in
     }
 }
 
-static void ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateBasicTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateTexDataBasic(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
 {
     // Pack and store identifier so we can refresh UV coordinates on texture resize.
     // FIXME-NEWATLAS: User/custom rects where user code wants to store UV coordinates will need to do the same thing.
@@ -3579,7 +3629,7 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateBasicTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
     atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r.x + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r.y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y);
 }
 
-static void ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateTexDataLines(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
 {
     if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)
         return;
@@ -4028,6 +4078,12 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildSetTexture(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImTextureData* tex)
     ImFontAtlasUpdateDrawListsTextures(atlas, old_tex_ref, atlas->TexRef);
 }
 
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateTexDataBasic(atlas);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateTexDataLines(atlas);
+}
+
 // Create a new texture, discard previous one
 ImTextureData* ImFontAtlasTextureAdd(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int w, int h)
 {
@@ -4142,8 +4198,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasTextureRepack(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int w, int h)
             }
 
     // Update other cached UV
-    ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateLinesTexData(atlas);
-    ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateBasicTexData(atlas);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateTexData(atlas);
 
     builder->LockDisableResize = false;
     ImFontAtlasUpdateDrawListsSharedData(atlas);
@@ -4292,8 +4347,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
     ImFontAtlasPackInit(atlas);
 
     // Add required texture data
-    ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateLinesTexData(atlas);
-    ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateBasicTexData(atlas);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildUpdateTexData(atlas);
 
     // Register fonts
     ImFontAtlasBuildUpdatePointers(atlas);
@@ -4322,6 +4376,8 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildDestroy(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
     atlas->Builder = NULL;
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 void ImFontAtlasPackInit(ImFontAtlas * atlas)
 {
     ImTextureData* tex = atlas->TexData;
@@ -5718,8 +5774,13 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im
     if (glyph->Colored)
         col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
     float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / baked->Size) : 1.0f;
-    float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x);
-    float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y);
+    float x = pos.x;
+    float y = pos.y;
+    if ((draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_TextNoPixelSnap) == 0)
+    {
+        x = IM_TRUNC(x);
+        y = IM_TRUNC(y);
+    }
 
     float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale;
     float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale;
@@ -5751,12 +5812,17 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im
 // DO NOT CALL DIRECTLY THIS WILL CHANGE WILDLY IN 2026. Use ImDrawList::AddText().
 void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, ImDrawTextFlags flags)
 {
-    // Align to be pixel perfect
 begin:
-    float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x);
-    float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y);
+    // Align to be pixel perfect
+    float x = pos.x;
+    float y = pos.y;
     if (y > clip_rect.w)
         return;
+    if ((draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_TextNoPixelSnap) == 0)
+    {
+        x = IM_TRUNC(x);
+        y = IM_TRUNC(y);
+    }
 
     if (!text_end)
         text_end = text_begin + ImStrlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls.
@@ -6021,7 +6087,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float
     draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third));
     draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by));
     draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f));
-    draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+    draw_list->PathStroke(col, thickness);
 }
 
 // Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side.
@@ -6151,8 +6217,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p
         flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_;
     if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF)
     {
-        ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col));
-        ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col));
+        ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col));
+        ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col));
         draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags);
 
         int yi = 0;
@@ -6161,12 +6227,12 @@ void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p
             float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y);
             if (y2 <= y1)
                 continue;
-            for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f)
+            for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + ((yi ^ 1)  & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f)
             {
                 float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x);
                 if (x2 <= x1)
                     continue;
-                ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
+                ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; // FIXME: Could use CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect()
                 if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; }
                 if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; }
 
@@ -6308,7 +6374,7 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i
 // Download and more information at https://github.com/bluescan/proggyfonts
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT_BITMAP)
 
 // File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes)
 // Exported using binary_to_compressed_c.exe -u8 "ProggyClean.ttf" proggy_clean_ttf
@@ -6488,6 +6554,7 @@ static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataProggyClean(int* out_size)
     *out_size = proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_size;
     return (const char*)proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data;
 }
+#endif // #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT_BITMAP)
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyForever-Regular-minimal.ttf)
@@ -6496,6 +6563,8 @@ static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataProggyClean(int* out_size)
 // MIT license / Copyright (c) 2026 Disco Hello, Copyright (c) 2019,2023 Tristan Grimmer
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT_VECTOR)
+
 // File: 'output/ProggyForever-Regular-minimal.ttf' (18556 bytes)
 // Exported using binary_to_compressed_c.exe -u8 "output/ProggyForever-Regular-minimal.ttf" proggy_forever_minimal_ttf
 static const unsigned int proggy_forever_minimal_ttf_compressed_size = 14562;
@@ -6750,7 +6819,6 @@ static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataProggyForever(int* out_size)
     *out_size = proggy_forever_minimal_ttf_compressed_size;
     return (const char*)proggy_forever_minimal_ttf_compressed_data;
 }
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT
+#endif // #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FONT_VECTOR)
 
 #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

src/spice2x/external/imgui/imgui_internal.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.92.7
+// dear imgui, v1.92.9 WIP
 // (internal structures/api)
 
 // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility.
@@ -263,6 +263,9 @@ extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui;  // Current implicit context pointer
 #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...)    do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking)     IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
 #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT(...)   do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport)    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
 
+// Debug options (also see ones on top of imgui.cpp)
+//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_BOXSELECT
+
 // Static Asserts
 #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         static_assert(_COND, "")
 
@@ -517,7 +520,8 @@ inline double ImRsqrt(double x)          { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); }
 template<typename T> T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs)                              { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
 template<typename T> T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs)                              { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
 template<typename T> T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx)                         { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
-template<typename T> T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t)                        { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); }
+template<typename T> T ImLerp(double a, double b, float t)              { return (T)(a + (b - a) * (double)t); }
+template<typename T> T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t)                        { return (T)((float)a + (float)(b - a) * t); }
 template<typename T> void ImSwap(T& a, T& b)                            { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; }
 template<typename T> T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)         { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; }
 template<typename T> T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)         { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; }
@@ -538,6 +542,7 @@ inline float  ImFloor(float f)                                          { return
 inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v)                                  { return ImVec2(ImFloor(v.x), ImFloor(v.y)); }
 inline float  ImTrunc64(float f)                                        { return (float)(ImS64)(f); }
 inline float  ImRound64(float f)                                        { return (float)(ImS64)(f + 0.5f); } // FIXME: Positive values only.
+inline float  ImCeilFast(float f)                                       { int i = (int)f; return (float)(i + (f > (float)i)); } // Consider using the the bit-hack version (search for "0x1p120f").
 inline int    ImModPositive(int a, int b)                               { return (a + b) % b; }
 inline float  ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b)                   { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; }
 inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a)       { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); }
@@ -614,6 +619,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect
     bool        Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const     { return r.Min.y <  Max.y && r.Max.y >  Min.y && r.Min.x <  Max.x && r.Max.x >  Min.x; }
     void        Add(const ImVec2& p)                { if (Min.x > p.x)     Min.x = p.x;     if (Min.y > p.y)     Min.y = p.y;     if (Max.x < p.x)     Max.x = p.x;     if (Max.y < p.y)     Max.y = p.y; }
     void        Add(const ImRect& r)                { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; }
+    void        AddX(float x)                       { if (Min.x > x)       Min.x = x;       if (Max.x < x)       Max.x = x; }
+    void        AddY(float y)                       { if (Min.y > y)       Min.y = y;       if (Max.y < y)       Max.y = y; }
     void        Expand(const float amount)          { Min.x -= amount;   Min.y -= amount;   Max.x += amount;   Max.y += amount; }
     void        Expand(const ImVec2& amount)        { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; }
     void        Translate(const ImVec2& d)          { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; }
@@ -877,7 +884,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData
     float           FontSize;                   // Current font size (used for for simplified AddText overload)
     float           FontScale;                  // Current font scale (== FontSize / Font->FontSize)
     float           CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo()
-    float           CircleSegmentMaxError;      // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc
+    float           CircleTessellationMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc
     float           InitialFringeScale;         // Initial scale to apply to AA fringe
     ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags;               // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards)
     ImVec4          ClipRectFullscreen;         // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen()
@@ -1010,6 +1017,7 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect        = 1 << 9,   // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid.
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut        = 1 << 10,  // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd().
     //ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8,   // Removed IN 1.90.1 (Dec 2023). The trigger is part of g.NavActivateId. See commit 54c1bdeceb.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_EditedInternal     = 1 << 11,  // Similar to ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited but bypassing ImGuiItemFlags_NoMarkEdited.
 
     // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
@@ -1215,6 +1223,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
 };
 
 // Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances.
+// Store as part of ImGuiDeactivatedItemData?
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState
 {
     ImGuiID            ID;              // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated)
@@ -1468,6 +1477,7 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
 };
 
 // Data used by IsItemDeactivated()/IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() functions
+// Also see ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState which is an extension for this for InputText()
 struct ImGuiDeactivatedItemData
 {
     ImGuiID     ID;
@@ -1715,6 +1725,7 @@ enum ImGuiActivateFlags_
 };
 
 // Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem()
+// FIXME: Missing flags to request making both edges visible when possible.
 enum ImGuiScrollFlags_
 {
     ImGuiScrollFlags_None                   = 0,
@@ -1912,6 +1923,7 @@ struct ImGuiBoxSelectState
     // Temporary/Transient data
     bool                    UnclipMode;         // (Temp/Transient, here in hot area). Set/cleared by the BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() owning active box-select.
     ImRect                  UnclipRect;         // Rectangle where ItemAdd() clipping may be temporarily disabled. Need support by multi-select supporting widgets.
+    ImRect                  UnclipRects[2];     // Per-axis versions.
     ImRect                  BoxSelectRectPrev;  // Selection rectangle in absolute coordinates (derived every frame from BoxSelectStartPosRel and MousePos)
     ImRect                  BoxSelectRectCurr;
 
@@ -1934,7 +1946,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectTempData
     ImGuiMultiSelectFlags   Flags;
     ImVec2                  ScopeRectMin;
     ImVec2                  BackupCursorMaxPos;
-    ImGuiSelectionUserData  LastSubmittedItem;  // Copy of last submitted item data, used to merge output ranges.
+    //ImGuiSelectionUserData CurrSubmittedItem; // Copy of last submitted item data, used to merge output ranges.
+    //ImGuiSelectionUserData PrevSubmittedItem; // Copy of previous submitted item data, used to merge output ranges.
     ImGuiID                 BoxSelectId;
     ImGuiKeyChord           KeyMods;
     ImS8                    LoopRequestSetAll;  // -1: no operation, 0: clear all, 1: select all.
@@ -2022,7 +2035,7 @@ enum ImGuiDockNodeState
     ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible,
 };
 
-// sizeof() 156~192
+// sizeof() 176~216
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode
 {
     ImGuiID                 ID;
@@ -2039,8 +2052,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode
     ImVec2                  Size;                       // Current size
     ImVec2                  SizeRef;                    // [Split node only] Last explicitly written-to size (overridden when using a splitter affecting the node), used to calculate Size.
     ImGuiAxis               SplitAxis;                  // [Split node only] Split axis (X or Y)
-    ImGuiWindowClass        WindowClass;                // [Root node only]
     ImU32                   LastBgColor;
+    ImGuiWindowClass        WindowClass;                // [Root node only]
 
     ImGuiWindow*            HostWindow;
     ImGuiWindow*            VisibleWindow;              // Generally point to window which is ID is == SelectedTabID, but when CTRL+Tabbing this can be a different window.
@@ -2410,6 +2423,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     float                   CurrentDpiScale;                    // Current window/viewport DpiScale == CurrentViewport->DpiScale
     ImDrawListSharedData    DrawListSharedData;
     ImGuiID                 WithinEndChildID;                   // Set within EndChild()
+    ImGuiID                 WithinEndPopupID;                   // Set within EndPopup()
     void*                   TestEngine;                         // Test engine user data
 
     // Inputs
@@ -3439,7 +3453,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags);
 
     // Fonts, drawing
-    IMGUI_API void          RegisterUserTexture(ImTextureData* tex); // Register external texture. EXPERIMENTAL: DO NOT USE YET.
+    IMGUI_API void          RegisterUserTexture(ImTextureData* tex); // Register external texture. EXPERIMENTAL.
     IMGUI_API void          UnregisterUserTexture(ImTextureData* tex);
     IMGUI_API void          RegisterFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
     IMGUI_API void          UnregisterFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
@@ -3557,6 +3571,7 @@ namespace ImGui
 
     // Childs
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
 
     // Popups, Modals
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
@@ -3662,7 +3677,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);
     IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API void          SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags);       // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags);
     IMGUI_API bool          TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);               // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id'
     inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)          { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; }
 
@@ -3765,6 +3780,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // We don't use the ID Stack for this as it is common to want them separate.
     IMGUI_API void          PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API void          PopFocusScope();
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsInNavFocusRoute(ImGuiID focus_scope_id);
     inline ImGuiID          GetCurrentFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentFocusScopeId; }   // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope()
 
     // Drag and Drop
@@ -3774,7 +3790,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          ClearDragDrop();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted();
     IMGUI_API void          RenderDragDropTargetRectForItem(const ImRect& bb);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, float rounding);
 
     // Typing-Select API
     // (provide Windows Explorer style "select items by typing partial name" + "cycle through items by typing same letter" feature)
@@ -3831,6 +3847,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableApplyExternalUnclipRect(ImGuiTable* table, ImRect& rect);
     IMGUI_API void          TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display);
     IMGUI_API bool          TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table);
@@ -4261,6 +4278,8 @@ IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockFill(ImTextureData* dst_tex,
 IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockCopy(ImTextureData* src_tex, int src_x, int src_y, ImTextureData* dst_tex, int dst_x, int dst_y, int w, int h);
 IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockQueueUpload(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImTextureData* tex, int x, int y, int w, int h);
 
+IMGUI_API bool              ImTextureDataUpdateNewFrame(ImTextureData* tex);
+IMGUI_API void              ImTextureDataQueueUpload(ImTextureData* tex, int x, int y, int w, int h);
 IMGUI_API int               ImTextureDataGetFormatBytesPerPixel(ImTextureFormat format);
 IMGUI_API const char*       ImTextureDataGetStatusName(ImTextureStatus status);
 IMGUI_API const char*       ImTextureDataGetFormatName(ImTextureFormat format);

src/spice2x/external/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.92.7
+// dear imgui, v1.92.9 WIP
 // (tables and columns code)
 
 /*
@@ -240,6 +240,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"                           // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'int'/'void*', but argument X has type 'unsigned int'/'ImGuiWindow*'
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow"
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"                       // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may change value
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                  // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may change the sign of the result
 #endif
 
@@ -1315,14 +1316,32 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
         table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeY1 = table_instance->LastFrozenHeight;
     table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f;
 
-    // Initial state
     ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState;
+    if (bs->Window == inner_window && bs->UnclipMode)
+        TableApplyExternalUnclipRect(table, bs->UnclipRect);
+
+    // Initial state
     if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
         table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
     else
         inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->InnerClipRect.Min, inner_window->InnerClipRect.Max, false); // FIXME: use table->InnerClipRect?
 }
 
+// When starting a BeginMultiSelect() after table has been layout we update IsRequestOutput fields.
+void ImGui::TableApplyExternalUnclipRect(ImGuiTable* table, ImRect& rect)
+{
+    if (rect.IsInverted())
+        return;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsRequestOutput)
+            if (rect.Overlaps(ImRect(column->MinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, FLT_MAX)))
+                column->IsRequestOutput = true;
+    }
+}
+
 // Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable()
 // - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce visual feedback noise.
 void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
@@ -1436,12 +1455,12 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
     {
         const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
-        float max_pos_x = table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+        float max_pos_x = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
         if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1)
             max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border);
         if (table->ResizedColumn != -1)
             max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2);
-        table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth;
+        inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth;
     }
 
     // Pop clipping rect
@@ -1550,7 +1569,7 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     }
     else
     {
-        table->InnerWindow->DC.TreeDepth--;
+        inner_window->DC.TreeDepth--;
         ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize());
         ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0);
     }
@@ -1565,13 +1584,12 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     }
     else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f)
     {
-        // Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block
-        // - Checking for ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX/ScrollY flag makes us a frame ahead when disabling those flags.
-        // - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback.
-        const float inner_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Slightly misleading name but used for code symmetry with inner_content_max_y
-        const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f);
-        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
-        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size));
+        // Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block, #9352
+        // - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback? See broken test in 'table_reported_size_outer'
+        const float outer_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth;
+        const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((inner_window != outer_window) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f);
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, outer_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, outer_content_max_x + decoration_size));
     }
     else
     {
@@ -1579,9 +1597,12 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     }
     if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f)
     {
-        const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
-        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y);
-        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size));
+        // (same comment as above)
+        const float outer_content_size_y = (inner_window == outer_window) ? (inner_content_max_y - table->InnerRect.Min.y) : (inner_content_max_y - inner_window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+        const float outer_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Min.y + outer_content_size_y;
+        const float decoration_size = (inner_window != outer_window ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f);
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, outer_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, outer_content_max_y + decoration_size));
     }
     else
     {
@@ -1641,7 +1662,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo
     ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
     IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table != NULL, "Call should only be done while in BeginTable() scope!");
     IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "TableSetupColumn(): called too many times!");
-    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table->IsLayoutLocked == false, "TableSetupColumn(): need to call before first row!");
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(table->IsLayoutLocked == false, "TableSetupColumn(): need to call before first row!"); // Table layout is locked when submitting a row or when calling BeginMultiSelect() with box-select.
     IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()");
 
     ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DeclColumnsCount];
@@ -2053,11 +2074,11 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
 
         // Draw top border
         if (top_border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), top_border_col, border_size);
+            window->DrawList->AddLineH(table->BorderX1, table->BorderX2, bg_y1, top_border_col, border_size);
 
         // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong)
         if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y2), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y2), table->BorderColorStrong, border_size);
+            window->DrawList->AddLineH(table->BorderX1, table->BorderX2, bg_y2, table->BorderColorStrong, border_size);
     }
 
     // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle)
@@ -2834,7 +2855,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
             else if ((table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody)) == 0)
                 draw_y2 = draw_y2_body;
             if (draw_y2 > draw_y1)
-                inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n), border_size);
+                inner_drawlist->AddLineV(column->MaxX, draw_y1, draw_y2, TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n), border_size);
         }
     }
 
@@ -2851,17 +2872,17 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
         const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong;
         if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)
         {
-            inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, border_size);
         }
         else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV)
         {
-            inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_col, border_size);
-            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLineV(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Min.y, outer_border.Max.y, outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLineV(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y, outer_border.Max.y, outer_col, border_size);
         }
         else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH)
         {
-            inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_col, border_size);
-            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLineH(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y, outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLineH(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Max.y, outer_col, border_size);
         }
     }
     if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y)
@@ -2869,7 +2890,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
         // Draw bottom-most row border between it is above outer border.
         const float border_y = table->RowPosY2;
         if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
-            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLineH(table->BorderX1, table->BorderX2, border_y, table->BorderColorLight, border_size);
     }
 
     inner_drawlist->PopClipRect();
@@ -3174,7 +3195,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label)
     if (label == NULL)
         label = "";
     const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
     ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
 
     // If we already got a row height, there's use that.
@@ -3293,6 +3314,8 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label)
     // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden
     if (IsPopupOpenRequestForItem(ImGuiPopupFlags_None, id))
         TableOpenContextMenu(column_n);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
 }
 
 // Unlike TableHeadersRow() it is not expected that you can reimplement or customize this with custom widgets.
@@ -4595,7 +4618,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns()
             // Draw column
             const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
             const float xi = IM_TRUNC(x);
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col);
+            window->DrawList->AddLineV(xi, y1 + 1.0f, y2, col);
         }
 
         // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame.

src/spice2x/external/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.92.7
+// dear imgui, v1.92.9 WIP
 // (widgets code)
 
 /*
@@ -92,6 +92,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow"                  // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when simplifying division / ..when changing X +- C1 cmp C2 to X cmp C2 -+ C1
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"                        // warning: cast from type 'const xxxx *' to type 'xxxx *' casts away qualifiers
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"                       // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may change value
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                  // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may change the sign of the result
 #endif
 
@@ -265,6 +266,8 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags)
     }
 }
 
+// Note that all functions taking format strings in the API may be passed ("%s", text) or ("%.*s", text_len, text),
+// which will automatically bypass the formatter.
 void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
     TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
@@ -401,7 +404,8 @@ void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
     const char* value_text_begin, *value_text_end;
     ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&value_text_begin, &value_text_end, fmt, args);
     const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
     const ImRect value_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w, value_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2));
@@ -413,7 +417,7 @@ void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
     // Render
     RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, &value_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label, label_end, false);
 }
 
 void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)
@@ -788,7 +792,8 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
     if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag)
@@ -810,7 +815,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
 
     if (g.LogEnabled)
         LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]");
-    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
+    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, label_end, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
 
     // Automatically close popups
     //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
@@ -981,7 +986,7 @@ ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis)
     const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar)
     IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size >= 0.0f);
     const float border_size = IM_ROUND(window->WindowBorderSize * 0.5f);
-    const float border_top = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? IM_ROUND(g.Style.FrameBorderSize * 0.5f) : 0.0f;
+    const float border_top = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? IM_ROUND(g.Style.FrameBorderSize * 0.5f) : (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? border_size : 0;
     if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
         return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x + border_size, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y + border_size, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x - border_size, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size);
     else
@@ -1155,7 +1160,7 @@ void ImGui::ImageWithBg(ImTextureRef tex_ref, const ImVec2& image_size, const Im
     else
         window->DrawList->AddImage(tex_ref, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
     if (g.Style.ImageBorderSize > 0.0f)
-        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, g.Style.ImageBorderSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, g.Style.ImageBorderSize);
 }
 
 void ImGui::Image(ImTextureRef tex_ref, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1)
@@ -1250,7 +1255,8 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
     const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
@@ -1291,8 +1297,9 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
     if (is_visible)
     {
         RenderNavCursor(total_bb, id);
-        RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+        ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : (mixed_value || checked) ? ImGuiCol_CheckboxSelectedBg : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
         ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark);
+        RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
         if (mixed_value)
         {
             // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644)
@@ -1310,7 +1317,7 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
     if (g.LogEnabled)
         LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
     if (is_visible && label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+        RenderText(label_pos, label, label_end, false);
 
     IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
     return pressed;
@@ -1372,7 +1379,8 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
     const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
@@ -1411,7 +1419,7 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
     if (g.LogEnabled)
         LogRenderedText(&label_pos, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+        RenderText(label_pos, label, label_end, false);
 
     IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     return pressed;
@@ -1527,7 +1535,7 @@ bool ImGui::TextLink(const char* label)
     const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
 
     ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
-    ImVec2 size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true);
+    ImVec2 size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
     ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
     ItemSize(size, 0.0f);
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
@@ -1558,10 +1566,10 @@ bool ImGui::TextLink(const char* label)
     }
 
     float line_y = bb.Max.y + ImFloor(g.FontBaked->Descent * g.FontBakedScale * 0.20f);
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, line_y), ImVec2(bb.Max.x, line_y), GetColorU32(line_colf), 1.0f * (float)(int)g.Style._MainScale); // FIXME-TEXT: Underline mode // FIXME-DPI
+    window->DrawList->AddLineH(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, line_y, GetColorU32(line_colf), 1.0f * (float)(int)g.Style._MainScale); // FIXME-TEXT: Underline mode // FIXME-DPI
 
     PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(text_colf));
-    RenderText(bb.Min, label, label_end);
+    RenderText(bb.Min, label, label_end, false);
     PopStyleColor();
 
     IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
@@ -1731,7 +1739,7 @@ void ImGui::Separator()
     if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
         flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns;
 
-    SeparatorEx(flags, g.Style.SeparatorSize);
+    SeparatorEx(flags, ImMax(g.Style.SeparatorSize, 1.0f));
 }
 
 void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_w)
@@ -1747,14 +1755,14 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end
     const float separator_thickness = style.SeparatorTextBorderSize;
     const ImVec2 min_size(label_size.x + extra_w + padding.x * 2.0f, ImMax(label_size.y + padding.y * 2.0f, separator_thickness));
     const ImRect bb(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + min_size.y));
-    const float text_baseline_y = ImTrunc((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImTrunc((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f));
+    const float text_baseline_y = ImTrunc((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImTrunc((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f));
     ItemSize(min_size, text_baseline_y);
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
         return;
 
     const float sep1_x1 = pos.x;
     const float sep2_x2 = bb.Max.x;
-    const float seps_y = ImTrunc((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f);
+    const float seps_y = ImTrunc((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.999f);
 
     const float label_avail_w = ImMax(0.0f, sep2_x2 - sep1_x1 - padding.x * 2.0f);
     const ImVec2 label_pos(pos.x + padding.x + ImMax(0.0f, (label_avail_w - label_size.x - extra_w) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.x), pos.y + text_baseline_y); // FIXME-ALIGN
@@ -1768,9 +1776,9 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end
         const float sep1_x2 = label_pos.x - style.ItemSpacing.x;
         const float sep2_x1 = label_pos.x + label_size.x + extra_w + style.ItemSpacing.x;
         if (sep1_x2 > sep1_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f)
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep1_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+            window->DrawList->AddLineH(sep1_x1, sep1_x2, seps_y, separator_col, separator_thickness);
         if (sep2_x2 > sep2_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f)
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep2_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+            window->DrawList->AddLineH(sep2_x1, sep2_x2, seps_y, separator_col, separator_thickness);
         if (g.LogEnabled)
             LogSetNextTextDecoration("---", NULL);
         RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Max.y + style.ItemSpacing.y), bb.Max.x, label, label_end, &label_size);
@@ -1780,7 +1788,7 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end
         if (g.LogEnabled)
             LogText("---");
         if (separator_thickness > 0.0f)
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+            window->DrawList->AddLineH(sep1_x1, sep2_x2, seps_y, separator_col, separator_thickness);
     }
 }
 
@@ -1951,8 +1959,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
         IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | (ImGuiComboFlags)ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)) == 0);
 
     const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight();
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const float preview_width = ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) && (preview_value != NULL)) ? CalcTextSize(preview_value, NULL, true).x : 0.0f;
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+    const float preview_width = ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) && (preview_value != NULL)) ? CalcTextSize(preview_value, NULL, false).x : 0.0f;
     const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) ? (arrow_size + preview_width + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : CalcItemWidth());
     const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
     const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
@@ -2003,7 +2012,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
         RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL);
     }
     if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label, label_end, false);
 
     if (!popup_open)
         return false;
@@ -2376,12 +2385,17 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void
 
     // Sanitize format
     // - For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf
-    // - In theory could treat empty format as using default, but this would only cover rare/bizarre case of using InputScalar() + integer + format string without %.
     char format_sanitized[32];
     if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+    {
         format = type_info->ScanFmt;
+    }
     else
+    {
         format = ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(format, format_sanitized, IM_COUNTOF(format_sanitized));
+        if (format[0] == '\0')
+            format = type_info->ScanFmt; // Format doesn't want us to show the number currently, but we still need to parse the resulting input
+    }
 
     // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf()
     int v32 = 0;
@@ -2716,7 +2730,8 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
     const float w = CalcItemWidth();
     const ImU32 color_marker = (g.NextItemData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasColorMarker) ? g.NextItemData.ColorMarker : 0;
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
@@ -2792,7 +2807,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
     RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
 
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label, label_end, false);
 
     IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0));
     return value_changed;
@@ -3317,7 +3332,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
     const float w = CalcItemWidth();
     const ImU32 color_marker = (g.NextItemData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasColorMarker) ? g.NextItemData.ColorMarker : 0;
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
@@ -3389,7 +3405,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
     RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
 
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label, label_end, false);
 
     IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0));
     return value_changed;
@@ -3494,7 +3510,8 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
     const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
@@ -3539,8 +3556,9 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
     const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_COUNTOF(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
     RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f));
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label, label_end, false);
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -3563,7 +3581,8 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min,
 // - ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting() [Internal]
 // - ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning() [Internal]
 // - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal]
-// - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal]
+// - TempInputText() [Internal]
+// - TempInputScalar() [Internal]
 // - InputScalar()
 // - InputScalarN()
 // - InputFloat()
@@ -3792,7 +3811,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) == 0); // Not supported by InputScalar(). Please open an issue if you this would be useful to you. Otherwise use IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()!
+    //IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) == 0); // Not supported by InputScalar(). Please open an issue if you this would be useful to you. Otherwise use IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()!
 
     if (format == NULL)
         format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
@@ -3829,7 +3848,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
     }
 
     // Apply
-    bool value_changed = ret ? DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL) : false;
+    bool input_edited = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_EditedInternal) != 0; // We would be using 'ret' if ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue was not involved.
+    bool value_changed = input_edited ? DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL) : false;
 
     // Step buttons
     if (has_step_buttons)
@@ -3843,13 +3863,13 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
         if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size)))
         {
             DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
-            value_changed = true;
+            value_changed = ret = true;
         }
         SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
         if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size)))
         {
             DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
-            value_changed = true;
+            value_changed = ret = true;
         }
         PopItemFlag();
         if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
@@ -3871,6 +3891,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
     if (value_changed)
         MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
 
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue)
+        return ret;
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -4520,6 +4542,9 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputTextState* sta
         callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
         callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
         callback_data.EventActivated = (g.ActiveId == state->ID && g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated);
+        callback_data.CursorPos = state->Stb->cursor;
+        callback_data.SelectionStart = state->Stb->select_start;
+        callback_data.SelectionEnd = state->Stb->select_end;
         callback_data.UserData = user_data;
         if (callback(&callback_data) != 0)
             return false;
@@ -4568,6 +4593,7 @@ void ImGui::InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id)
     ImGuiInputTextState* state = &g.InputTextState;
     if (id == 0 || state->ID != id)
         return;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("InputTextDeactivateHook() id = 0x%08X\n", id);
     g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = state->ID;
     if (state->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
     {
@@ -4702,7 +4728,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar)
         BeginGroup();
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
     const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
     const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y);
 
@@ -4716,7 +4743,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     {
         ImVec2 backup_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
         ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))
+        bool no_clip = (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id) || (g.ActiveId == id) || (id == g.NavActivateId); // Mimic some of ItemAdd() logic + add InputTextDeactivatedState.ID check.
+        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && !no_clip)
         {
             EndGroup();
             return false;
@@ -4742,7 +4770,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         g.NavActivateId = backup_activate_id;
         PopStyleVar(3);
         PopStyleColor();
-        if (!child_visible)
+        if (!child_visible && !no_clip)
         {
             EndChild();
             EndGroup();
@@ -4806,7 +4834,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX;
 
     const bool init_reload_from_user_buf = (state != NULL && state->WantReloadUserBuf);
-    const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb->single_line != !is_multiline); // state != NULL means its our state.
+    const bool init_changed_specs_multiline = (state != NULL && (state->Stb->single_line != !is_multiline)); // state != NULL means its our state.
+    const bool init_changed_specs_readonly = (state != NULL && ((state->Flags ^ flags) & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)); // state != NULL means its our state.
     const bool init_make_active = (input_requested_by_user || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_reactivate || user_scroll_finish);
     if (init_reload_from_user_buf)
     {
@@ -4820,7 +4849,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         state->Stb->select_start = state->ReloadSelectionStart;
         state->Stb->cursor = state->Stb->select_end = state->ReloadSelectionEnd; // will be clamped to bounds below
     }
-    else if ((init_make_active && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs)
+    else if ((init_make_active && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs_multiline || init_changed_specs_readonly)
     {
         // Access state even if we don't own it yet.
         state = &g.InputTextState;
@@ -4841,8 +4870,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
 
         // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
         // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differentiate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate?
-        bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs);
-        if (recycle_state && (state->TextLen != buf_len || (state->TextA.Data == NULL || strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0)))
+        bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs_multiline);
+        if (recycle_state && !init_changed_specs_readonly && (state->TextLen != buf_len || (state->TextA.Data == NULL || strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0)))
             recycle_state = false;
 
         // Start edition
@@ -4880,7 +4909,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     }
 
     const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
-    if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active)
+    if (init_make_active && g.ActiveId != id)
     {
         IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id);
         SetActiveID(id, window);
@@ -4951,13 +4980,17 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
         PushPasswordFont();
 
-    // Word-wrapping: attempt to keep cursor in view while resizing frame/parent
-    // FIXME-WORDWRAP: It would be better to preserve same relative offset.
-    if (is_wordwrap && state != NULL && state->ID == id && state->WrapWidth != wrap_width)
+    if (state != NULL && state->ID == id)
     {
-        state->CursorCenterY = true;
-        state->WrapWidth = wrap_width;
-        render_cursor = true;
+        state->Flags = flags;
+
+        // Word-wrapping: attempt to keep cursor in view while resizing frame/parent (FIXME-WORDWRAP: would be better to preserve same relative offset)
+        if (is_wordwrap && state->WrapWidth != wrap_width)
+        {
+            state->CursorCenterY = true;
+            state->WrapWidth = wrap_width;
+            render_cursor = true;
+        }
     }
 
     // Process mouse inputs and character inputs
@@ -4966,7 +4999,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
         state->EditedThisFrame = false;
         state->BufCapacity = buf_size;
-        state->Flags = flags;
         state->WrapWidth = wrap_width;
 
         // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
@@ -5618,7 +5650,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImTrunc(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll);
         ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f);
         if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
-            draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_InputTextCursor), 1.0f * (float)(int)style._MainScale); // FIXME-DPI: Cursor thickness (#7031)
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddLineV(cursor_screen_rect.Min.x, cursor_screen_rect.Min.y, cursor_screen_rect.Max.y, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_InputTextCursor), style.InputTextCursorSize);
 
         // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
         // This is required for some backends (SDL3) to start emitting character/text inputs.
@@ -5666,7 +5698,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     }
 
     if (label_size.x > 0)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label, label_end, false);
 
     if (value_changed)
         MarkItemEdited(id);
@@ -6332,7 +6364,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
             const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps;
             const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
             draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc);
-            draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, 0, wheel_thickness);
+            draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, wheel_thickness);
             const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
 
             // Paint colors over existing vertices
@@ -6476,7 +6508,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl
         if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
             RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding);
         else
-            window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding, 0, 1.0f * (float)(int)g.Style._MainScale); // Color buttons are often in need of some sort of border // FIXME-DPI
+            window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding, 1.0f * (float)(int)g.Style._MainScale); // Color buttons are often in need of some sort of border // FIXME-DPI
     }
 
     // Drag and Drop Source
@@ -7149,11 +7181,11 @@ void ImGui::TreeNodeDrawLineToChildNode(const ImVec2& target_pos)
         window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, y - rounding), rounding, 6, 3);
         if (x1 < x2)
             window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x2, y));
-        window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TreeLines), ImDrawFlags_None, g.Style.TreeLinesSize);
+        window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TreeLines), g.Style.TreeLinesSize);
     }
     else
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(x1, y), ImVec2(x2, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TreeLines), g.Style.TreeLinesSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddLineH(x1, x2, y, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TreeLines), g.Style.TreeLinesSize);
     }
 }
 
@@ -7179,7 +7211,7 @@ void ImGui::TreeNodeDrawLineToTreePop(const ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* data)
     float x = ImTrunc(data->DrawLinesX1);
     if (data->DrawLinesTableColumn != -1)
         TablePushColumnChannel(data->DrawLinesTableColumn);
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y1), ImVec2(x, y2), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TreeLines), g.Style.TreeLinesSize);
+    window->DrawList->AddLineV(x, y1, y2, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TreeLines), g.Style.TreeLinesSize);
     if (data->DrawLinesTableColumn != -1)
         TablePopColumnChannel();
 }
@@ -7338,7 +7370,8 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
 
     // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle.
     ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
     ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
     ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
     pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
@@ -7493,7 +7526,11 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
 
     // Text stays at the submission position. Alignment/clipping extents ignore SpanAllColumns.
     if (is_visible)
-        RenderTextClipped(pos, ImVec2(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, window->WorkRect.Max.x), pos.y + size.y), label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb);
+        RenderTextClipped(pos, ImVec2(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, window->WorkRect.Max.x), pos.y + size.y), label, label_end, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb);
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_BOXSELECT
+    if (g.BoxSelectState.UnclipMode) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(pos, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200), label, label_end); }
+#endif
 
     // Automatically close popups
     if (pressed && !auto_selected && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups) && (g.LastItemData.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups))
@@ -7810,7 +7847,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiI
         return false;
 
     // Current frame absolute prev/current rectangles are used to toggle selection.
-    // They are derived from positions relative to scrolling space.
+    // They are derived from positions relative to scrolling space, so "previous" rectangle is reprojected for current frame coordinates.
     ImVec2 start_pos_abs = WindowPosRelToAbs(window, bs->StartPosRel);
     ImVec2 prev_end_pos_abs = WindowPosRelToAbs(window, bs->EndPosRel); // Clamped already
     ImVec2 curr_end_pos_abs = g.IO.MousePos;
@@ -7820,20 +7857,69 @@ bool ImGui::BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiI
     bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max = ImMax(start_pos_abs, prev_end_pos_abs);
     bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min = ImMin(start_pos_abs, curr_end_pos_abs);
     bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max = ImMax(start_pos_abs, curr_end_pos_abs);
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("StartPosRel (%.2f,%.2f) EndPosRel (%.2f,%.2f) -> (%.2f,%.2f)\n", bs->StartPosRel.x, bs->StartPosRel.y, bs->EndPosRel.x, bs->EndPosRel.y, WindowPosAbsToRel(window, g.IO.MousePos).x, WindowPosAbsToRel(window, g.IO.MousePos).y);
 
-    // Box-select 2D mode detects horizontal changes (vertical ones are already picked by Clipper)
-    // Storing an extra rect used by widgets supporting box-select.
-    if (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)
-        if (bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min.x || bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max.x)
+    // Box-select 2D mode detects change of the rectangle.
+    // Storing unclip rects which will be tested by widgets supporting box-select. Always update rectangles when active (even if we don't use them).
+    // To facilitate understanding this: enable IMGUI_DEBUG_BOXSELECT and visualize all geometry.
+    if (ms_flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d))
+    {
+        // For both sides, compute the area differing between Prev and Curr rectangles.
+        bs->UnclipRects[0] = bs->UnclipRects[1] = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+        for (int side = 0; side < 2; side++)
         {
-            bs->UnclipMode = true;
-            bs->UnclipRect = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev; // FIXME-OPT: UnclipRect x coordinates could be intersection of Prev and Curr rect on X axis.
-            bs->UnclipRect.Add(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr);
+            ImVec2 d_min = (side == 0) ? ImMin(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min) : ImMin(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max, bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max);
+            ImVec2 d_max = (side == 0) ? ImMax(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min) : ImMax(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max, bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max);
+            if (d_min.x != d_max.x)
+            {
+                bs->UnclipRects[0].AddX(d_min.x);
+                bs->UnclipRects[0].AddX(d_max.x);
+            }
+            if (d_min.y != d_max.y)
+            {
+                bs->UnclipRects[1].AddY(d_min.y);
+                bs->UnclipRects[1].AddY(d_max.y);
+            }
         }
 
-    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->UnclipRect.Min, bs->UnclipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 3.0f);
+        ImRect box_select_intersection = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev;
+        box_select_intersection.Add(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr);
+        if (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)
+            if (bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min.x || bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max.x)
+            {
+                bs->UnclipRects[0].AddY(box_select_intersection.Min.y);
+                bs->UnclipRects[0].AddY(box_select_intersection.Max.y);
+            }
+        if (ms_flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d))
+            if (bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min.y != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min.y || bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max.y != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max.y)
+            {
+                bs->UnclipRects[1].AddX(box_select_intersection.Min.x);
+                bs->UnclipRects[1].AddX(box_select_intersection.Max.x);
+            }
+
+        // Merge both rectangles into one.
+        // FIXME-OPT: When UnclipRect.Area() is much larger than the sum of UnclipRects[0]/[1] Areas, widgets should
+        // ideally first use UnclipRect as a first coarse cull layer + the individual ones as a second validation.
+        bs->UnclipRect = bs->UnclipRects[0];
+        bs->UnclipRect.Add(bs->UnclipRects[1]);
+        if (!bs->UnclipRect.IsInverted() && (!window->ClipRect.Contains(bs->UnclipRect.Min) || !window->ClipRect.Contains(bs->UnclipRect.Max))) // !! Don't use Contains(ImRect)
+            bs->UnclipMode = true;
+        if (bs->UnclipMode && g.CurrentTable != NULL)
+            TableApplyExternalUnclipRect(g.CurrentTable, bs->UnclipRect); // No need submitting both
+    }
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_BOXSELECT
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scope_rect.Min, scope_rect.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 4.0f);
     //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 3.0f);
     //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f);
+    if (ms_flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d))
+    {
+        for (ImRect& unclip_r : bs->UnclipRects)
+            if (!unclip_r.IsInverted())
+                GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(unclip_r.Min, unclip_r.Max, bs->UnclipMode ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 4.0f);
+        GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->UnclipRect.Min, bs->UnclipRect.Max, bs->UnclipMode ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+    }
+#endif
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -7849,8 +7935,9 @@ void ImGui::EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flag
     bs->EndPosRel = WindowPosAbsToRel(window, ImClamp(g.IO.MousePos, scope_rect.Min, scope_rect.Max)); // Clamp stored position according to current scrolling view
     ImRect box_select_r = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr;
     box_select_r.ClipWith(scope_rect);
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, 0.30f)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling
-    window->DrawList->AddRect(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavCursor)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT FIXME-DPI: Styling
+    ImGuiWindow* draw_window = FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window);
+    draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, 0.30f)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling
+    draw_window->DrawList->AddRect(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavCursor)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT FIXME-DPI: Styling
 
     // Scroll
     const bool enable_scroll = (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll) == 0;
@@ -7890,18 +7977,18 @@ static void DebugLogMultiSelectRequests(const char* function, const ImGuiMultiSe
 
 static ImRect CalcScopeRect(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)
     {
         // Warning: this depends on CursorMaxPos so it means to be called by EndMultiSelect() only
+        // This probably doesn't work inside a table as there are ample ambiguities related to exact time of calling BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect().
         return ImRect(ms->ScopeRectMin, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, ms->ScopeRectMin));
     }
     else
     {
-        // When a table, pull HostClipRect, which allows us to predict ClipRect before first row/layout is performed. (#7970)
+        //// When a table, pull HostClipRect, which allows us to predict ClipRect before first row/layout is performed. (#7970)
         ImRect scope_rect = window->InnerClipRect;
-        if (g.CurrentTable != NULL)
-            scope_rect = g.CurrentTable->HostClipRect;
+        //if (g.CurrentTable != NULL)
+        //    scope_rect = g.CurrentTable->HostClipRect;
 
         // Add inner table decoration (#7821) // FIXME: Why not baking in InnerClipRect?
         scope_rect.Min = ImMin(scope_rect.Min + ImVec2(window->DecoInnerSizeX1, window->DecoInnerSizeY1), scope_rect.Max);
@@ -7937,18 +8024,24 @@ ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags, int sel
     // FIXME: Workaround to the fact we override CursorMaxPos, meaning size measurement are lost. (#8250)
     // They should perhaps be stacked properly?
     if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
-        if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+    {
+        if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+            TableUpdateLayout(table);
+        else if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
             TableEndCell(table); // This is currently safe to call multiple time. If that properly is lost we can extract the "save measurement" part of it.
+    }
 
     // FIXME: BeginFocusScope()
     const ImGuiID id = window->IDStack.back();
     ms->Clear();
     ms->FocusScopeId = id;
     ms->Flags = flags;
-    ms->IsFocused = (ms->FocusScopeId == g.NavFocusScopeId);
     ms->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
-    ms->ScopeRectMin = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ms->ScopeRectMin = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ms->ScopeRectMin; // CalcScopeRect() for ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect will measure in EndMultiSelect().
     PushFocusScope(ms->FocusScopeId);
+    ms->IsFocused = IsInNavFocusRoute(g.CurrentFocusScopeId);
     if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) // Mark parent child window as navigable into, with highlight. Assume user will always submit interactive items.
         window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
 
@@ -8030,7 +8123,7 @@ ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags, int sel
             storage->LastSelectionSize = 0;
     }
     ms->LoopRequestSetAll = request_select_all ? 1 : request_clear ? 0 : -1;
-    ms->LastSubmittedItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
+    //ms->PrevSubmittedItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
 
     if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection)
         DebugLogMultiSelectRequests("BeginMultiSelect", &ms->IO);
@@ -8076,7 +8169,7 @@ ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::EndMultiSelect()
     // Clear selection when clicking void?
     // We specifically test for IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0) == false to allow box-selection!
     // The InnerRect test is necessary for non-child/decorated windows.
-    bool scope_hovered = IsWindowHovered() && window->InnerRect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos);
+    bool scope_hovered = window->InnerRect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows);
     if (scope_hovered && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect))
         scope_hovered &= scope_rect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos);
     if (scope_hovered && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.ActiveId == 0)
@@ -8102,10 +8195,13 @@ ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::EndMultiSelect()
     if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX)
     {
         IM_ASSERT(ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow); // Only supported at window scope
-        ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(), ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX);
+        NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(GetCurrentWindow(), ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX);
     }
 
     // Unwind
+    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+        if (table->IsInsideRow)
+            TableEndRow(table);
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(ms->BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
     PopFocusScope();
 
@@ -8133,6 +8229,8 @@ void ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_d
         g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData | ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect;
         if (ms->IO.RangeSrcItem == selection_user_data)
             ms->RangeSrcPassedBy = true;
+        //ms->PrevSubmittedItem = ms->CurrSubmittedItem; // Can't rely on previous g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData because NextItemData is not restored on nested multi-select.
+        //ms->CurrSubmittedItem = selection_user_data;
     }
     else
     {
@@ -8281,8 +8379,31 @@ void ImGui::MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed)
     if (ms->BoxSelectId != 0)
         if (ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = GetBoxSelectState(ms->BoxSelectId))
         {
-            const bool rect_overlap_curr = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect);
-            const bool rect_overlap_prev = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect);
+            ImRect item_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect;
+            if (!window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX) // FIXME: Rename to be more generic.
+                if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+                    if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+                    {
+                        // FIXME: We cannot solely use current ClipRect as it includes HostClipRect.
+                        // However we account for ClipRect being larger than current column (e.g. when using SpanAllColumns)
+                        // A more generic version would be nice, but window->WorkRect.Min/Max exclude CellPadding. (#7994, #9383)
+                        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn];
+                        float clip_min_x = (g.LastItemData.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect.Min.x : window->ClipRect.Min.x;
+                        float clip_max_x = (g.LastItemData.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect.Max.x : window->ClipRect.Max.x;
+                        if (clip_min_x != clip_max_x) // When zero sized we expect that bounds have been clamped and thus are unreliable
+                        {
+                            item_rect.Min.x = ImMax(item_rect.Min.x, ImMin(column->MinX, clip_min_x));
+                            item_rect.Max.x = ImMin(item_rect.Max.x, ImMax(column->MaxX, clip_max_x));
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            item_rect.Min.x = ImMax(item_rect.Min.x, column->MinX);
+                            item_rect.Max.x = ImMin(item_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX);
+                        }
+                        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(item_rect.Min, item_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));
+                    }
+            const bool rect_overlap_curr = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Overlaps(item_rect);
+            const bool rect_overlap_prev = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Overlaps(item_rect);
             if ((rect_overlap_curr && !rect_overlap_prev && !selected) || (rect_overlap_prev && !rect_overlap_curr))
             {
                 if (storage->LastSelectionSize <= 0 && bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce)
@@ -8294,6 +8415,9 @@ void ImGui::MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed)
                 {
                     selected = !selected;
                     MultiSelectAddSetRange(ms, selected, +1, item_data, item_data);
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_BOXSELECT
+                    GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, selected ? IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));
+#endif
                 }
                 storage->LastSelectionSize = ImMax(storage->LastSelectionSize + 1, 1);
             }
@@ -8407,7 +8531,6 @@ void ImGui::MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed)
     }
     if (storage->NavIdItem == item_data)
         ms->NavIdPassedBy = true;
-    ms->LastSubmittedItem = item_data;
 
     *p_selected = selected;
     *p_pressed = pressed;
@@ -8423,15 +8546,20 @@ void ImGui::MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected)
 void ImGui::MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item)
 {
     // Merge contiguous spans into same request (unless NoRangeSelect is set which guarantees single-item ranges)
+    // FIXME-OPT: Disabled on 2026/04/09 as this would break with any form of coarse clipping that we don't know about (e.g. TableNextColumn() return value).
+    // The low-hanging fruit would be to know that ImGuiSelectionUserData are sequential indices, in which case we can trivially compare PrevSubmittedItem + RangeDir == FirstItem.
+    // User can always perform this merge if required.
+#if 0
     if (ms->IO.Requests.Size > 0 && first_item == last_item && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect) == 0)
     {
         ImGuiSelectionRequest* prev = &ms->IO.Requests.Data[ms->IO.Requests.Size - 1];
-        if (prev->Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange && prev->RangeLastItem == ms->LastSubmittedItem && prev->Selected == selected)
+        if (prev->Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange && prev->RangeLastItem == ms->PrevSubmittedItem && prev->Selected == selected)
         {
             prev->RangeLastItem = last_item;
             return;
         }
     }
+#endif
 
     ImGuiSelectionRequest req = { ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange, selected, (ImS8)range_dir, (range_dir > 0) ? first_item : last_item, (range_dir > 0) ? last_item : first_item };
     ms->IO.Requests.push_back(req); // Add new request
@@ -8669,7 +8797,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
 
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = GetID(label);
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     // Size default to hold ~7.25 items.
     // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
@@ -8692,7 +8821,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
     {
         ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
-        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+        RenderText(label_pos, label, label_end, false);
         window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size);
         AlignTextToFramePadding();
     }
@@ -8773,9 +8902,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(
 // - PlotHistogram()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good.
-// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see:
-// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot
-// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions
+// Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better!
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg)
@@ -8788,7 +8915,8 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
 
-    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
     const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
 
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
@@ -8831,7 +8959,7 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get
         // Tooltip on hover
         if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
         {
-            const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
+            const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.999f);
             const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
             IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count);
 
@@ -8887,10 +9015,11 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get
         RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f));
 
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label, label_end, false);
 
     // Return hovered index or -1 if none are hovered.
     // This is currently not exposed in the public API because we need a larger redesign of the whole thing, but in the short-term we are making it available in PlotEx().
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
     return idx_hovered;
 }
 
@@ -8920,6 +9049,7 @@ void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int
     PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
 }
 
+// Plot Histogram (the data provided _is_ histogram data. it doesn't compute the histogram of your data)
 void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
 {
     ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
@@ -9257,7 +9387,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
     // Tag menu as used. Next time BeginMenu() with same ID is called it will append to existing menu
     g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id);
 
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent without always being a Child window)
     // This is only done for items for the menu set and not the full parent window.
@@ -9276,8 +9407,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
 
     bool pressed;
 
-    // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another.
-    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups;
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups | (ImGuiSelectableFlags)ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick;
     ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
     {
@@ -9289,7 +9419,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
         ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, pos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
         pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, label_size);
         LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]");
-        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
         PopStyleVar();
         window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
         popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), text_pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight);
@@ -9306,7 +9436,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
         ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, pos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
         pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y));
         LogSetNextTextDecoration("", ">");
-        RenderText(ImVec2(text_pos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, text_pos.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(text_pos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, text_pos.y), label, label_end, false);
         if (icon_w > 0.0f)
             RenderText(ImVec2(text_pos.x + offsets->OffsetIcon, text_pos.y), icon);
         RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x + offsets->OffsetMark + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, text_pos.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ImGuiDir_Right);
@@ -9315,6 +9445,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
     if (!enabled)
         EndDisabled();
 
+    // Once dragged, release ActiveId + key ownership. This is to allow the idiom of mouse down a menu, dragging elsewhere, up on some other MenuItem(). (#8233, #9394)
+    // Could move logic into lower-level ImGuiButtonFlags_AutoReleaseActiveId + ImGuiButtonFlags_AutoReleaseKeyOwner? Easier once we get rid of the Selectable() middle-man here.
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMouseDragging(0))
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    }
+
     const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavHighlightItemUnderNav;
     if (menuset_is_open)
         PopItemFlag();
@@ -9395,6 +9533,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
     IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
     PopID();
 
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && want_open)
+        g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+
     if (want_open && !menu_is_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size)
     {
         // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame if it is a different menu ID, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
@@ -9471,7 +9612,8 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     // See BeginMenuEx() for comments about this.
     const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet();
@@ -9486,7 +9628,7 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut
         BeginDisabled();
 
     // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another.
-    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover;
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (ImGuiSelectableFlags)ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | (ImGuiSelectableFlags)ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover;
     ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
     {
@@ -9498,7 +9640,7 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut
         pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(label_size.x, 0.0f));
         PopStyleVar();
         if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)
-            RenderText(text_pos, label);
+            RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
         window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
     }
     else
@@ -9515,7 +9657,7 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut
         pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y));
         if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)
         {
-            RenderText(text_pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label);
+            RenderText(text_pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label, label_end, false);
             if (icon_w > 0.0f)
                 RenderText(text_pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
             if (shortcut_w > 0.0f)
@@ -9529,6 +9671,17 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut
                 RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, text_pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f);
         }
     }
+
+    // Once dragged, release ActiveId + key ownership. This is to allow the idiom of mouse down a menu, dragging elsewhere, up on some other MenuItem(). (#8233, #9394)
+    // Could move logic into lower-level ImGuiButtonFlags_AutoReleaseActiveId + ImGuiButtonFlags_AutoReleaseKeyOwner? Easier once we get rid of the Selectable() middle-man here.
+    const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMouseDragging(0))
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+        SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner);
+    }
+
+
     IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
     if (!enabled)
         EndDisabled();
@@ -10616,7 +10769,7 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
     // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation)
     const bool want_clip_rect = is_central_section && (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX || bb.Max.x > tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX);
     if (want_clip_rect)
-        PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true);
+        PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImClamp(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true);
 
     ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
     ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
@@ -10740,7 +10893,7 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
                 float rounding = style.TabRounding;
                 display_draw_list->PathArcToFast(tl + ImVec2(+rounding, +rounding), rounding, 7, 9);
                 display_draw_list->PathArcToFast(tr + ImVec2(-rounding, +rounding), rounding, 9, 11);
-                display_draw_list->PathStroke(overline_col, 0, style.TabBarOverlineSize);
+                display_draw_list->PathStroke(overline_col, style.TabBarOverlineSize);
             }
             else
             {
@@ -10845,20 +10998,16 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI
     IM_UNUSED(flags);
     IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f);
     const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f));
-    const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f;
+    const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; // Leave a bit of room in title bars.
     const float y2 = bb.Max.y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize;
-    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2));
-    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9);
-    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12);
-    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2));
-    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+    draw_list->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
     if (g.Style.TabBorderSize > 0.0f)
     {
         draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + 0.5f, y2));
         draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9);
         draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12);
         draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2));
-        draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0, g.Style.TabBorderSize);
+        draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.TabBorderSize);
     }
 }
 
@@ -10867,7 +11016,8 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI
 void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     if (out_just_closed)
         *out_just_closed = false;
@@ -10952,7 +11102,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb,
         }
     }
     LogSetNextTextDecoration("/", "\\");
-    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size);
+    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, ellipsis_max_x, label, label_end, &label_size);
 
 #if 0
     if (!is_contents_visible)

src/spice2x/hooks/audio/backends/wasapi/audio_client.cpp

@@ -295,6 +295,13 @@ HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE WrappedIAudioClient::Initialize(
     copy_wave_format(&hooks::audio::FORMAT, device_format);
     copy_wave_format(&this->device_format, device_format);
 
+    // arm the shared-mode buffer bridge so the redirected game's full-buffer writes are paced to
+    // the device instead of overflowing the shared buffer (AUDCLNT_E_BUFFER_TOO_LARGE).
+    if (this->shared.redirected_from_exclusive) {
+        this->shared.enable_bridge(
+                device_format->nChannels * (device_format->wBitsPerSample / 8));
+    }
+
     return ret;
 }
 HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE WrappedIAudioClient::GetBufferSize(UINT32 *pNumBufferFrames) {
@@ -379,6 +386,12 @@ HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE WrappedIAudioClient::GetCurrentPadding(UINT32 *pNumPad
         *pNumPaddingFrames = this->resample.padding_device_to_game(*pNumPaddingFrames);
     }
 
+    // shared-mode bridge: the game writes into a FIFO, not the device buffer, so report the FIFO's
+    // fill level rather than the device's padding (which is in a different buffer space).
+    if (SUCCEEDED(ret) && this->shared.bridge_enabled() && pNumPaddingFrames) {
+        *pNumPaddingFrames = this->shared.virtual_padding();
+    }
+
     CHECK_RESULT(ret);
 }
 HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE WrappedIAudioClient::IsFormatSupported(

src/spice2x/hooks/audio/backends/wasapi/audio_render_client.cpp

@@ -12,60 +12,6 @@
 
 const char CLASS_NAME[] = "WrappedIAudioRenderClient";
 
-// scale every sample of an interleaved device buffer by `gain`, clamped to the format's range.
-// supports 16/24/32-bit PCM and 32-bit float; other formats are left untouched.
-static void apply_gain(BYTE *buffer, UINT32 frames, const WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE &fmt, float gain) {
-    const WAVEFORMATEX &f = fmt.Format;
-    const size_t samples = (size_t) frames * f.nChannels;
-
-    bool is_float = is_ieee_float(&f);
-
-    if (is_float && f.wBitsPerSample == 32) {
-        auto p = reinterpret_cast<float *>(buffer);
-        for (size_t i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
-            p[i] = std::clamp(p[i] * gain, -1.0f, 1.0f);
-        }
-        return;
-    }
-
-    switch (f.wBitsPerSample) {
-        case 16: {
-            auto p = reinterpret_cast<int16_t *>(buffer);
-            for (size_t i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
-                p[i] = (int16_t) std::clamp((int) std::lround(p[i] * gain), -32768, 32767);
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-        case 24: {
-            // packed 24-bit little-endian
-            for (size_t i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
-                BYTE *s = buffer + i * 3;
-                int32_t v = s[0] | (s[1] << 8) | (s[2] << 16);
-                if (v & 0x800000) {
-                    v |= ~0xFFFFFF; // sign extend
-                }
-                int64_t scaled = std::clamp<int64_t>(
-                    std::llround((double) v * gain), -8388608, 8388607);
-                s[0] = scaled & 0xFF;
-                s[1] = (scaled >> 8) & 0xFF;
-                s[2] = (scaled >> 16) & 0xFF;
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-        case 32: {
-            auto p = reinterpret_cast<int32_t *>(buffer);
-            for (size_t i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
-                p[i] = (int32_t) std::clamp(
-                    std::llround((double) p[i] * gain),
-                    (long long) INT32_MIN, (long long) INT32_MAX);
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-        default:
-            break;
-    }
-}
-
 HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE WrappedIAudioRenderClient::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, void **ppvObj) {
     if (ppvObj == nullptr) {
         return E_POINTER;
@@ -129,6 +75,14 @@ HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE WrappedIAudioRenderClient::GetBuffer(UINT32 NumFramesR
     // device buffer is acquired in ReleaseBuffer once the converted frame count is known.
     } else if (this->client->resample.enabled) {
         CHECK_RESULT(this->client->resample.get_buffer(NumFramesRequested, ppData));
+
+    // shared-mode redirect bridge: point the game at the FIFO tail it can always fill, decoupling
+    // its per-event writes from the shared engine's clock. the real device buffer is acquired in
+    // ReleaseBuffer and filled only as fast as the device frees space (see SharedRedirect::drain).
+    } else if (this->client->shared.bridge_enabled()) {
+        *ppData = this->client->shared.begin_write(NumFramesRequested);
+
+        return S_OK;
     }
 
     // call original
@@ -183,6 +137,19 @@ HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE WrappedIAudioRenderClient::ReleaseBuffer(UINT32 NumFra
                 hooks::audio::VOLUME_BOOST);
     }
 
+    // shared-mode redirect bridge: queue the game's write and drain it to the device at the
+    // device's own pace, so a full-buffer write never overflows the shared buffer.
+    if (this->client->shared.bridge_enabled()) {
+        this->client->shared.commit_write(
+                NumFramesWritten, (dwFlags & AUDCLNT_BUFFERFLAGS_SILENT) != 0);
+
+        return this->client->shared.drain(
+                pReal,
+                this->client->pReal,
+                this->client->device_format,
+                hooks::audio::VOLUME_BOOST);
+    }
+
     // resolve the real device buffer for whichever path produced the audio
     BYTE *device_buffer;
     if (this->client->downmix.enabled) {

src/spice2x/hooks/audio/backends/wasapi/shared.cpp

@@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
 #include "shared.h"
 
+#include <algorithm>
+
 #include <audioclient.h>
 
 #include "hooks/audio/audio.h"
 #include "util/logging.h"
 
+#include "util.h"
 #include "defs.h"
 
 namespace hooks::audio {
@@ -58,8 +61,9 @@ namespace hooks::audio {
     }
 
     UINT32 SharedRedirect::clamp_buffer_size(IAudioClient *real, uint32_t sample_rate,
-            UINT32 device_frames) const {
+            UINT32 device_frames) {
         if (!this->redirected_from_exclusive || real == nullptr || sample_rate == 0 || device_frames == 0) {
+            this->reported_frames = device_frames;
             return device_frames;
         }
 
@@ -69,10 +73,115 @@ namespace hooks::audio {
         if (SUCCEEDED(real->GetDevicePeriod(&period, nullptr)) && period > 0) {
             const UINT32 period_frames = (UINT32) ((period * sample_rate) / 10000000);
             if (period_frames > 0 && period_frames < device_frames) {
+                this->reported_frames = period_frames;
                 return period_frames;
             }
         }
 
+        this->reported_frames = device_frames;
         return device_frames;
     }
+
+    void SharedRedirect::enable_bridge(int frame_bytes) {
+        if (!this->redirected_from_exclusive || frame_bytes <= 0) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        this->frame_bytes = frame_bytes;
+        this->device_buffer_frames = 0;
+        this->fifo.clear();
+
+        log_info("audio::wasapi", "shared-mode buffer bridge enabled (frame size {} bytes)",
+                frame_bytes);
+    }
+
+    BYTE *SharedRedirect::begin_write(UINT32 frames) {
+        // reserve space at the FIFO tail and let the game write straight into it - no scratch copy.
+        this->pending_write_offset = this->fifo.size();
+        this->fifo.resize(this->pending_write_offset + (size_t) frames * this->frame_bytes);
+
+        return this->fifo.data() + this->pending_write_offset;
+    }
+
+    void SharedRedirect::commit_write(UINT32 frames, bool silent) {
+        // trim the tail reservation to the frames actually written; zero it in place if silent.
+        const size_t end = this->pending_write_offset + (size_t) frames * this->frame_bytes;
+        if (silent) {
+            std::fill(this->fifo.begin() + this->pending_write_offset,
+                    this->fifo.begin() + end, (BYTE) 0);
+        }
+        this->fifo.resize(end);
+    }
+
+    UINT32 SharedRedirect::pending_frames() const {
+        if (this->frame_bytes <= 0) {
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        return (UINT32) (this->fifo.size() / this->frame_bytes);
+    }
+
+    UINT32 SharedRedirect::virtual_padding() const {
+        const UINT32 pending = this->pending_frames();
+        return this->reported_frames > 0 ? std::min(pending, this->reported_frames) : pending;
+    }
+
+    HRESULT SharedRedirect::drain(IAudioRenderClient *real, IAudioClient *client,
+            const WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE &device_format, float boost) {
+        if (!this->bridge_enabled()) {
+            return S_OK;
+        }
+
+        // cache the real device buffer size once; it is fixed for the life of the stream.
+        if (this->device_buffer_frames == 0) {
+            if (FAILED(client->GetBufferSize(&this->device_buffer_frames))
+                    || this->device_buffer_frames == 0) {
+                return S_OK;
+            }
+        }
+
+        const UINT32 pending = this->pending_frames();
+        if (pending == 0) {
+            return S_OK;
+        }
+
+        // push only as many frames as the device currently has free, keeping the rest queued. this
+        // self-paces to the engine's real consumption so a full-buffer write never overflows.
+        UINT32 padding = 0;
+        if (FAILED(client->GetCurrentPadding(&padding))) {
+            return S_OK;
+        }
+        const UINT32 device_free = this->device_buffer_frames > padding
+                ? this->device_buffer_frames - padding
+                : 0;
+        if (device_free == 0) {
+            return S_OK;
+        }
+
+        const UINT32 to_write = std::min(pending, device_free);
+
+        BYTE *dev = nullptr;
+        HRESULT ret = real->GetBuffer(to_write, &dev);
+        if (FAILED(ret) || dev == nullptr) {
+            return ret;
+        }
+
+        const size_t bytes = (size_t) to_write * this->frame_bytes;
+        std::copy(this->fifo.begin(), this->fifo.begin() + bytes, dev);
+
+        // mute the first few buffers to avoid a startup pop, then apply the volume boost.
+        if (this->buffers_to_mute > 0) {
+            std::fill(dev, dev + bytes, (BYTE) 0);
+            this->buffers_to_mute--;
+        } else if (boost != 1.0f) {
+            apply_gain(dev, to_write, device_format, boost);
+        }
+
+        ret = real->ReleaseBuffer(to_write, 0);
+
+        // drop the frames just handed to the device from the front of the FIFO.
+        this->fifo.erase(this->fifo.begin(), this->fifo.begin() + bytes);
+
+        return ret;
+    }
 }

src/spice2x/hooks/audio/backends/wasapi/shared.h

@@ -1,15 +1,19 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include <cstdint>
+#include <vector>
 
 #include <windows.h>
+#include <mmreg.h>
 #include <audioclient.h>
 
+struct IAudioRenderClient;
+
 namespace hooks::audio {
 
-    // The -wasapishared option redirects an exclusive WASAPI stream to shared mode. lets other apps
-    // play sound and works on devices that can't open the exclusive format, at the cost of some
-    // latency. Only PCM / float is converted; bitstream (AC-3 / DTS) is left alone.
+    // The -wasapishared option redirects an exclusive WASAPI stream to shared mode, so other apps
+    // can play sound and devices that can't open the exclusive format still work, at the cost of
+    // some latency. Only PCM / float is converted; bitstream (AC-3 / DTS) is left alone.
     struct SharedRedirect {
 
         // true once apply() has redirected an exclusive request. gates the buffer clamp; stays false
@@ -23,9 +27,57 @@ namespace hooks::audio {
         // redirect an exclusive request to shared mode. caller must have checked wants() first.
         void apply(AUDCLNT_SHAREMODE *share_mode, DWORD *stream_flags, REFERENCE_TIME *periodicity);
 
-        // clamp a reported buffer size to one device period. some games write the whole buffer per
-        // event, which overflows shared-mode buffering (AUDCLNT_E_BUFFER_TOO_LARGE -> stutter); one
-        // period always fits. a no-op unless an exclusive request was redirected.
-        UINT32 clamp_buffer_size(IAudioClient *real, uint32_t sample_rate, UINT32 device_frames) const;
+        // clamp a reported buffer size to one device period. the FIFO bridge below is what prevents
+        // the overflow; this just keeps the game's per-event writes small so the bridge adds minimal
+        // latency. caches the chosen value for virtual_padding. a no-op unless redirected.
+        UINT32 clamp_buffer_size(IAudioClient *real, uint32_t sample_rate, UINT32 device_frames);
+
+        // FIFO bridge: the redirected game writes a whole reported buffer per event paced by its own
+        // callback, not the shared engine clock, so a full-buffer write can intermittently exceed the
+        // double-buffered shared free space (AUDCLNT_E_BUFFER_TOO_LARGE). The game instead writes
+        // directly into a FIFO that is drained to the device only as fast as it frees space - the
+        // same free-space-clamped approach the timer-driven resampler uses.
+
+        // arm the bridge once the redirected stream is initialized. frame_bytes is one frame's size
+        // in the game's (== device, via AUTOCONVERTPCM) format.
+        void enable_bridge(int frame_bytes);
+
+        // whether the FIFO bridge is active (a redirect was applied and armed).
+        bool bridge_enabled() const { return this->frame_bytes > 0; }
+
+        // reserve `frames` at the FIFO tail and hand the game a pointer into it to write in place.
+        // must be paired with commit_write, which trims the reservation to the frames written.
+        BYTE *begin_write(UINT32 frames);
+
+        // trim the reservation from begin_write to the `frames` actually written (zeroing if silent).
+        void commit_write(UINT32 frames, bool silent);
+
+        // padding to report to a game that polls GetCurrentPadding while the bridge is active: the
+        // FIFO fill level, capped to the reported buffer size so the game's free-space calculation
+        // (reported_buffer - padding) reflects room in the virtual buffer rather than the device's.
+        UINT32 virtual_padding() const;
+
+        // push as many queued frames as the real device has free, applying `boost`, keeping the rest
+        // for the next call. `real` is the wrapped render client's underlying interface; `client` is
+        // the underlying audio client used to query the device's free space.
+        HRESULT drain(IAudioRenderClient *real, IAudioClient *client,
+                const WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE &device_format, float boost);
+
+    private:
+
+        // frames currently queued in the FIFO and not yet handed to the device.
+        UINT32 pending_frames() const;
+
+        // FIFO bridge state (see enable_bridge). fifo holds audio queued for the device in the
+        // game's interleaved frame format; the game writes new frames directly into its tail between
+        // begin_write and commit_write. frame_bytes > 0 doubles as the "bridge armed" flag (see
+        // bridge_enabled). pending_write_offset marks the tail reservation handed to begin_write.
+        int frame_bytes = 0;
+        UINT32 device_buffer_frames = 0;
+        UINT32 reported_frames = 0;
+        int buffers_to_mute = 4;
+        size_t pending_write_offset = 0;
+        std::vector<BYTE> fifo;
     };
 }
+

src/spice2x/hooks/audio/backends/wasapi/util.cpp

@@ -8,6 +8,58 @@
 
 #include "defs.h"
 
+void apply_gain(BYTE *buffer, UINT32 frames, const WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE &fmt, float gain) {
+    const WAVEFORMATEX &f = fmt.Format;
+    const size_t samples = (size_t) frames * f.nChannels;
+
+    bool is_float = is_ieee_float(&f);
+
+    if (is_float && f.wBitsPerSample == 32) {
+        auto p = reinterpret_cast<float *>(buffer);
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
+            p[i] = std::clamp(p[i] * gain, -1.0f, 1.0f);
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+
+    switch (f.wBitsPerSample) {
+        case 16: {
+            auto p = reinterpret_cast<int16_t *>(buffer);
+            for (size_t i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
+                p[i] = (int16_t) std::clamp((int) std::lround(p[i] * gain), -32768, 32767);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        case 24: {
+            // packed 24-bit little-endian
+            for (size_t i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
+                BYTE *s = buffer + i * 3;
+                int32_t v = s[0] | (s[1] << 8) | (s[2] << 16);
+                if (v & 0x800000) {
+                    v |= ~0xFFFFFF; // sign extend
+                }
+                int64_t scaled = std::clamp<int64_t>(
+                    std::llround((double) v * gain), -8388608, 8388607);
+                s[0] = scaled & 0xFF;
+                s[1] = (scaled >> 8) & 0xFF;
+                s[2] = (scaled >> 16) & 0xFF;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        case 32: {
+            auto p = reinterpret_cast<int32_t *>(buffer);
+            for (size_t i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
+                p[i] = (int32_t) std::clamp(
+                    std::llround((double) p[i] * gain),
+                    (long long) INT32_MIN, (long long) INT32_MAX);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+}
+
 std::string stream_flags_str(DWORD flags) {
     FLAGS_START(flags);
     FLAG(flags, AUDCLNT_STREAMFLAGS_CROSSPROCESS);

src/spice2x/hooks/audio/backends/wasapi/util.h

@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ void print_format(AUDCLNT_SHAREMODE share_mode, DWORD stream_flags, REFERENCE_TI
 // IAudioClient::IsFormatSupported).
 void print_format(AUDCLNT_SHAREMODE share_mode, const WAVEFORMATEX *device_format);
 
+// scale every sample of an interleaved device buffer by `gain`, clamped to the format's range.
+// supports 16/24/32-bit PCM and 32-bit float; other formats are left untouched.
+void apply_gain(BYTE *buffer, UINT32 frames, const WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE &fmt, float gain);
+
 // detect IEEE float samples: WAVE_FORMAT_IEEE_FLOAT, or WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE whose SubFormat is
 // KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEEE_FLOAT (Data1 == 3; _PCM has Data1 == 1)
 inline bool is_ieee_float(const WAVEFORMATEX *fmt) {

src/spice2x/hooks/graphics/backends/d3d11/d3d11_swapchain.cpp

@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
 #include "hooks/graphics/graphics.h"
 #include "launcher/launcher.h"
 #include "misc/eamuse.h"
+#include "util/utils.h"
 
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // overlay render bridge
@@ -123,6 +124,10 @@ void try_create_overlay(IDXGISwapChain *swapchain) {
         return;
     }
 
+    // theme the native title bar; first present is the only reliable point for
+    // windows whose swapchain bypasses our factory hooks (e.g. UnityPlayer.dll)
+    set_window_dark_titlebar(desc.OutputWindow);
+
     ID3D11Device *device = nullptr;
     if (FAILED(swapchain->GetDevice(IID_PPV_ARGS(&device))) || !device) {
         return;

src/spice2x/hooks/graphics/graphics.cpp

@@ -585,6 +585,9 @@ static HWND WINAPI CreateWindowExA_hook(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCSTR lpClassName, LPC
             hWndParent, hMenu, hInstance, lpParam);
     GRAPHICS_WINDOWS.push_back(result);
 
+    // theme the native title bar (dark/light)
+    set_window_dark_titlebar(result);
+
     if (is_tdj_sub_window) {
         // TDJ windowed mode: remember the subscreen window handle for later
         TDJ_SUBSCREEN_WINDOW = result;
@@ -706,6 +709,9 @@ static HWND WINAPI CreateWindowExW_hook(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCWSTR lpClassName, LP
             hWndParent, hMenu, hInstance, lpParam);
     GRAPHICS_WINDOWS.push_back(result);
 
+    // theme the native title bar (dark/light)
+    set_window_dark_titlebar(result);
+
     log_misc(
         "graphics",
         "CreateWindowExW returned {}, {}",

src/spice2x/launcher/launcher.cpp

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ int main_implementation(int argc, char *argv[]) {
         // do not explicitly set GRAPHICS_9_ON_12_STATE to default here; must respect
         // legacy Graphics9On12 option from above if set
     }
-    if (options[launcher::Options::NoLegacy].value_bool() && !cfg_run) {
+    if (options[launcher::Options::NoLegacy].value_bool() && !cfg_run && !cfg::CONFIGURATOR_STANDALONE) {
         rawinput::NOLEGACY = true;
     }
     if (options[launcher::Options::RichPresence].value_bool()) {
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ int main_implementation(int argc, char *argv[]) {
     log_info("launcher", "{}", VERSION_STRING);
 
     // note: distribution of modified version of this software without providing source is GPLv3 license violation.
-    log_info("launcher", "spice2x is free & open source; if you paid money for it, you got scammed");
+    log_info("launcher", "spice2x is free & open source software; if you paid for it, you were scammed");
     log_info("launcher", "visit https://spice2x.github.io to download the latest version for free");
 
     // log command line arguments

src/spice2x/launcher/options.cpp

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ static const std::vector<OptionDefinition> OPTION_DEFINITIONS = {
         .name = "url",
         .desc = "Sets a custom service URL override.",
         .type = OptionType::Text,
-        .setting_name = "http://example.com:8083",
+        .setting_name = "example.com:8083",
         .category = "Network",
         .quick_setting_category = "Network",
     },
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ static const std::vector<OptionDefinition> OPTION_DEFINITIONS = {
         .name = "sp2x-iidxtdjsubsize",
         .display_name = "iidxtdjsubsize",
         .aliases= "iidxtdjsubsize",
-        .desc = "Default size of the subscreen overlay.\n\nNote: in windowed mode, subscreen will always be full size.\n\nDefault: medium.",
+        .desc = "Default size of the subscreen overlay. Default: medium.",
         .type = OptionType::Enum,
         .game_name = "Beatmania IIDX",
         .category = "Game Overlay",
@@ -1995,11 +1995,11 @@ static const std::vector<OptionDefinition> OPTION_DEFINITIONS = {
     },
     {
         // AudioShared
-        .title = "WASAPI Force Shared Mode",
+        .title = "WASAPI Force Shared Mode & Auto-Resample (EXPERIMENTAL)",
         .name = "wasapishared",
         .desc = "This option converts all WASAPI exclusive mode requests to shared mode.\n\n"
             "Many games have patches that turn on shared mode, but this option is better! "
-            "This will automatically perform sample rate conversion - "
+            "Windows will automatically perform sample rate conversion - "
             "you do not need to manually set the sample rate of your audio device before launching the game.",
         .type = OptionType::Bool,
         .category = "Audio",

src/spice2x/overlay/imgui/extensions.cpp

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 #include <cmath>
 
 #include "external/imgui/imgui.h"
+#include "overlay/overlay.h"
 
 
 namespace ImGui {
@@ -9,6 +10,15 @@ namespace ImGui {
     const auto fg = ImVec4(0.910f, 0.914f, 0.922f, 1.0f);
     const auto bg = ImVec4(0.192f, 0.212f, 0.220f, 1.0f);
 
+    // FramePadding shared by the config tab bar and its items so the bar height
+    // matches the padded tabs; gives the labels a bit more breathing room.
+    static ImVec2 PaddedTabFramePadding() {
+        const ImVec2 base = ImGui::GetStyle().FramePadding;
+        return ImVec2(
+                base.x + overlay::apply_scaling(10.0f),
+                base.y + overlay::apply_scaling(1.0f));
+    }
+
     void HelpTooltip(const char* desc) {
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Border, bg);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow, bg);
@@ -166,6 +176,39 @@ namespace ImGui {
         return clicked;
     }
 
+    bool BeginPaddedTabItem(const char* label) {
+        // fixed uniform label width (scaled for DPI) so all tabs are equally sized;
+        // wide enough to fit the longest label ("Controller")
+        const float uniform_width = overlay::apply_scaling(70.0f);
+
+        // ImGui renders tab labels left-aligned, so a forced width would leave short
+        // labels hugging the left edge. Instead we pad the label with equal leading/
+        // trailing spaces to reach a uniform width, which both keeps all tabs the same
+        // size and centers the text. A stable "##" id suffix keeps each tab's identity
+        // independent of the padding.
+        const float space_w = ImGui::CalcTextSize(" ").x;
+        const float label_w = ImGui::CalcTextSize(label).x;
+        const int pad = (space_w > 0.0f)
+                ? (int) ((uniform_width - label_w) * 0.5f / space_w)
+                : 0;
+        const std::string padded = (pad > 0)
+                ? std::string(pad, ' ') + label + std::string(pad, ' ') + "##" + label
+                : std::string(label);
+
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, PaddedTabFramePadding());
+        const bool open = ImGui::BeginTabItem(padded.c_str());
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+        return open;
+    }
+
+    bool BeginPaddedTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) {
+        // push the same padding used by the tab items so the bar height matches
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, PaddedTabFramePadding());
+        const bool open = ImGui::BeginTabBar(str_id, flags);
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+        return open;
+    }
+
     void InvisibleTableRowSelectable() {
         ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Header, 0);

src/spice2x/overlay/imgui/extensions.h

@@ -21,4 +21,9 @@ namespace ImGui {
     bool DeleteButton(const std::string& tooltip);
     bool ClearButton(const std::string& tooltip);
     void InvisibleTableRowSelectable();
+
+    // Config tab bar with extra label padding and uniform, centered tab widths.
+    // Wrap items in BeginPaddedTabItem between BeginPaddedTabBar/EndTabBar.
+    bool BeginPaddedTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0);
+    bool BeginPaddedTabItem(const char* label);
 }

src/spice2x/overlay/imgui/impl_spice.cpp

@@ -352,6 +352,52 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSpice_UpdateMousePos() {
     }
 }
 
+// Decide whether ImGui should draw its software cursor this frame. Kept out of
+// ImGui_ImplSpice_NewFrame so the visibility rules live in one place.
+//
+// Only matters when ImGui owns cursor drawing (g_MouseCursorAutoHide, i.e. the
+// game hid the OS cursor); otherwise the OS draws the cursor and
+// io.MouseDrawCursor stays false throughout. In that mode:
+//   - overlay hidden -> never draw the cursor (input belongs to the game)
+//   - overlay shown  -> visible immediately, auto-hide after 2s idle, reappear
+//                       on any mouse movement / wheel / button
+static void ImGui_ImplSpice_UpdateCursorVisibility(
+        bool overlay_visible,
+        const ImVec2 &old_mouse_pos,
+        const ImVec2 &new_mouse_pos,
+        long wheel_diff)
+{
+    if (!g_MouseCursorAutoHide) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    auto &io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    static bool overlay_visible_old = false;
+
+    const bool mouse_activity =
+        old_mouse_pos.x != new_mouse_pos.x ||
+        old_mouse_pos.y != new_mouse_pos.y ||
+        wheel_diff != 0 ||
+        g_MouseDown[ImGuiMouseButton_Left] ||
+        g_MouseDown[ImGuiMouseButton_Right] ||
+        g_MouseDown[ImGuiMouseButton_Middle];
+
+    if (!overlay_visible) {
+        // overlay hidden: the game owns the cursor, don't draw ImGui's
+        io.MouseDrawCursor = false;
+    } else if (!overlay_visible_old || mouse_activity) {
+        // overlay just opened, or the mouse moved: show the cursor and
+        // (re)start the idle timer
+        g_LastMouseMovement = get_performance_milliseconds();
+        io.MouseDrawCursor = true;
+    } else if ((get_performance_milliseconds() - g_LastMouseMovement) > 2000) {
+        // mouse idle for more than 2 seconds while the overlay is open: hide it
+        io.MouseDrawCursor = false;
+    }
+
+    overlay_visible_old = overlay_visible;
+}
+
 void ImGui_ImplSpice_NewFrame() {
 
     // check if font is built
@@ -527,22 +573,8 @@ void ImGui_ImplSpice_NewFrame() {
         }
     }
 
-    // automatically hide cursor
-    if (g_MouseCursorAutoHide) {
-        if (old_mouse_pos.x != new_mouse_pos.x ||
-            old_mouse_pos.y != new_mouse_pos.y ||
-            wheel_diff != 0 ||
-            g_MouseDown[ImGuiMouseButton_Left] || g_MouseDown[ImGuiMouseButton_Right] || g_MouseDown[ImGuiMouseButton_Middle]) {
-
-            // mouse moved, update time and show the cursor
-            g_LastMouseMovement = get_performance_milliseconds();
-            io.MouseDrawCursor = true;
-
-        } else if ((get_performance_milliseconds() -  g_LastMouseMovement) > 2000) {
-            // mouse idle for more than 2 seconds, hide the cursor
-            io.MouseDrawCursor = false;
-        }
-    }
+    // mouse cursor: visibility (overlay visibility + auto-hide)
+    ImGui_ImplSpice_UpdateCursorVisibility(overlay_visible, old_mouse_pos, new_mouse_pos, wheel_diff);
 
     if (cfg::CONFIGURATOR_STANDALONE) {
         // if cursor is inside the client area, always set the OS cursor to what ImGui wants

src/spice2x/overlay/overlay.cpp

@@ -274,6 +274,7 @@ void overlay::SpiceOverlay::init() {
 
     // Interactables (The High-Intensity Red)
     colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.85f, 0.15f, 0.15f, 1.00f); // Sharp Red
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckboxSelectedBg] = colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg];
     colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.12f, 0.12f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.85f, 0.15f, 0.15f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.12f, 0.12f, 1.00f);
@@ -832,10 +833,6 @@ void overlay::SpiceOverlay::show_main_menu() {
     if (this->window_main_menu->get_active()) {
         // window already visible - close the window
         this->window_main_menu->set_active(false);
-        // if the overlay was not visible when this came into view, turn off overlay as well
-        if (!this->overlay_active_when_main_menu_shown) {
-            this->set_active(false);
-        }
         return;
     }
 
@@ -845,7 +842,6 @@ void overlay::SpiceOverlay::show_main_menu() {
         return;
     }
 
-    this->overlay_active_when_main_menu_shown = this->get_active();
     if (this->get_active()) {
         if (!ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() && !ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()) {
             this->window_main_menu->set_active(true);

src/spice2x/overlay/overlay.h

@@ -202,7 +202,6 @@ namespace overlay {
         bool active = false;
         bool toggle_down = false;
         bool main_menu_down = false;
-        bool overlay_active_when_main_menu_shown = false;
         bool fps_down = false;
         bool hotkey_toggle = false;
         bool hotkey_toggle_last = false;

src/spice2x/overlay/windows/card_manager.cpp

@@ -396,6 +396,11 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
                 "cards",
                 ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().y - footer_height))) {
 
+            // extra vertical padding between card rows
+            const ImVec2 item_spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing;
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing,
+                    ImVec2(item_spacing.x, item_spacing.y + overlay::apply_scaling(2)));
+
             // -card0 / -card1 override
             for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
                 if (card_cmd_overrides[i].has_value()) {
@@ -417,6 +422,8 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
                 build_card_selectable(card);
             }
+
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
         }
         ImGui::EndChild();
     }
@@ -529,7 +536,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
     }
 
     void CardManager::config_save() {
-        log_info("cardmanager", "saving config");
+        log_misc("cardmanager", "saving config...");
 
         // create document
         Document doc;

src/spice2x/overlay/windows/config.cpp

@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
     // same width as dummy marker
     const float INDENT = 22.f;
     const float ROW_INDENT = overlay::apply_scaling(8);
+    const float ROW_CELL_PADDING_EXTRA = overlay::apply_scaling(2);
     const auto PROJECT_URL = "https://spice2x.github.io";
 
     constexpr ImVec4 TEXT_COLOR_GREEN(0.f, 1.f, 0.f, 1.f);
@@ -512,7 +513,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
     void Config::build_controller_tab(float page_offset, ControllerPage *page_selected_new) {
         const float content_height = ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().y - page_offset;
-        const float nav_width = overlay::apply_scaling(100);
+        const float nav_width = overlay::apply_scaling(99);
 
         // hide sub-pages that expose no controls for the selected game
         auto analogs = games::get_analogs(this->games_selected_name);
@@ -696,20 +697,29 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
         // tab + controller sub-page selection
         auto tab_selected_new = ConfigTab::CONFIG_TAB_INVALID;
         auto controller_page_new = ControllerPage::CONTROLLER_PAGE_INVALID;
-        if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("Config Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)) {
-            const int page_offset2 = overlay::apply_scaling(cfg::CONFIGURATOR_STANDALONE ? 65 : 87);
 
-            if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Controller")) {
+        if (ImGui::BeginPaddedTabBar(
+                "Config Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)) {
+
+            // the padded tab bar is taller than a stock tab bar by twice the extra
+            // FramePadding.y added in PaddedTabFramePadding() (top + bottom); include
+            // it so the tab content child height accounts for the larger bar and
+            // doesn't overflow the bottom of the window
+            const int page_offset2 =
+                overlay::apply_scaling(cfg::CONFIGURATOR_STANDALONE ? 65 : 87)
+                + overlay::apply_scaling(2);
+
+            if (ImGui::BeginPaddedTabItem("Controller")) {
                 tab_selected_new = ConfigTab::CONFIG_TAB_CONTROLLER;
                 this->build_controller_tab(page_offset2, &controller_page_new);
                 ImGui::EndTabItem();
             }
-            if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cards")) {
+            if (ImGui::BeginPaddedTabItem("Cards")) {
                 tab_selected_new = ConfigTab::CONFIG_TAB_CARDS;
                 this->build_cards_tab(page_offset2);
                 ImGui::EndTabItem();
             }
-            if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Patches")) {
+            if (ImGui::BeginPaddedTabItem("Patches")) {
                 tab_selected_new = ConfigTab::CONFIG_TAB_PATCHES;
 
                 // initialization
@@ -751,7 +761,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
                 ImGui::EndChild();
                 ImGui::EndTabItem();
             }
-            if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Options")) {
+            if (ImGui::BeginPaddedTabItem("Options")) {
                 tab_selected_new = ConfigTab::CONFIG_TAB_OPTIONS;
                 this->build_options_tab(page_offset2);
                 ImGui::EndTabItem();
@@ -784,7 +794,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
         // note: distribution of modified version of this software without providing source is GPLv3 license violation.
         ImGui::TextColored(
                 ImVec4(1, 0.5f, 0.5f, 1.f),
-                "spice2x is free & open source; if you paid money for it, you got scammed.");
+                "spice2x is free & open source software; if you paid for it, you were scammed.");
         if (cfg::CONFIGURATOR_STANDALONE) {
             ImGui::SameLine();
             if (ImGui::TextLink(PROJECT_URL)) {
@@ -888,6 +898,8 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
         ImGui::Separator();
 
+        ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,
+                ImGui::GetStyle().CellPadding.y + ROW_CELL_PADDING_EXTRA);
         if (ImGui::BeginTable("ButtonsTable", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) {
             // longest column is probably "Toggle Virtual Keypad P1" in the Overlay page
             ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, overlay::apply_scaling(200));
@@ -936,6 +948,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
             ImGui::EndTable();
         }
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
     }
 
     void Config::build_button(
@@ -2407,6 +2420,8 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
         }
 
         ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,
+                ImGui::GetStyle().CellPadding.y + ROW_CELL_PADDING_EXTRA);
         if (ImGui::BeginTable("AnalogsTable", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg)) {
 
             ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, overlay::apply_scaling(240));
@@ -2514,6 +2529,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
             ImGui::EndTable();
         }
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
     }
 
     void Config::edit_analog_popup(Analog &analog, std::string title) {
@@ -3097,6 +3113,9 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
         }
         ImGui::Spacing();
 
+        ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,
+                ImGui::GetStyle().CellPadding.y + ROW_CELL_PADDING_EXTRA);
+
         auto begin_lights_table = [&]() -> bool {
             if (ImGui::BeginTable("LightsTable", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) {
                 ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
@@ -3122,6 +3141,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
                 ImGui::TextDisabled("-");
                 ImGui::EndTable();
             }
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
             return;
         }
 
@@ -3173,6 +3193,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
         if (table_begin) {
             ImGui::EndTable();
         }
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
     }
 
     void Config::build_light(
@@ -4123,7 +4144,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
     void Config::build_cards_tab(float page_offset) {
         const float content_height = ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().y - page_offset;
-        const float nav_width = overlay::apply_scaling(100);
+        const float nav_width = overlay::apply_scaling(99);
 
         // early quit
         if (this->games_selected < 0 || this->games_selected_name.empty()) {
@@ -5746,6 +5767,8 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
         // preset list table
         if (!templates_cache.empty()) {
+            ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,
+                    ImGui::GetStyle().CellPadding.y + ROW_CELL_PADDING_EXTRA);
             if (ImGui::BeginTable("TemplateList", 6,
                     ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp)) {
 
@@ -5814,6 +5837,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
                 ImGui::EndTable();
             }
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
             ImGui::Spacing();
         } else {
             ImGui::TextDisabled("No presets available for this game.");

src/spice2x/overlay/windows/patch_manager.cpp

@@ -46,6 +46,11 @@ using namespace rapidjson;
 
 namespace overlay::windows {
 
+    // user-assigned IDs for the patches table columns, used by the sort logic
+    enum PatchColumnId {
+        PATCH_COLUMN_NAME = 0,
+        PATCH_COLUMN_STATUS = 1,
+    };
 
     robin_hood::unordered_map<std::string, std::unique_ptr<std::vector<uint8_t>>> DLL_MAP;
     robin_hood::unordered_map<std::string, std::unique_ptr<std::vector<uint8_t>>> DLL_MAP_ORG;
@@ -218,6 +223,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
     // patches
     std::vector<PatchData> PatchManager::patches;
     bool PatchManager::local_patches_initialized = false;
+    std::vector<size_t> PatchManager::patches_sorted;
 
     // loader notifications
     bool ldr_registered = false;
@@ -647,13 +653,29 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
             }
         } else {
             // draw patches
-            if (ImGui::BeginTable("PatchesTable", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg)) {
-                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("##NameColumn", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
-                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("##OptionsColumn", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 240);
+            ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,
+                    ImGui::GetStyle().CellPadding.y + overlay::apply_scaling(2));
+            if (ImGui::BeginTable("PatchesTable", 2,
+                    ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg
+                    | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) {
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn(
+                    "Patch",
+                    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch,
+                    0.f, PATCH_COLUMN_NAME);
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn(
+                    "Status",
+                    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,
+                    240, PATCH_COLUMN_STATUS);
+                ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+                // maintain a sorted view of patches so the underlying vector
+                // order (used by config save and hashing) is left untouched
+                update_sorted_patches();
 
                 const auto search_str_in_lower = strtolower(patch_name_filter);
                 size_t patches_shown = 0;
-                for (auto &patch : patches) {
+                for (auto patch_index : patches_sorted) {
+                    auto &patch = patches[patch_index];
 
                     // get patch status
                     PatchStatus patch_status = is_patch_active(patch);
@@ -875,6 +897,56 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
                 ImGui::EndTable();
             }
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
+        }
+    }
+
+    void PatchManager::update_sorted_patches() {
+        // Rebuild/re-sort only when the sort order changes (SpecsDirty) or when
+        // the patch list count changed - not every frame. reload_local_patches()
+        // clears the cache to avoid dangling pointers when `patches` is rebuilt.
+        auto *sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs();
+        const bool patches_changed = patches_sorted.size() != patches.size();
+        if (!patches_changed && !(sort_specs && sort_specs->SpecsDirty)) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        // rebuild the view in the underlying vector order (this is also the
+        // default order shown when the sort is cleared / tristate "unsorted")
+        patches_sorted.clear();
+        patches_sorted.reserve(patches.size());
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < patches.size(); i++) {
+            patches_sorted.push_back(i);
+        }
+
+        // SpecsCount == 0 means no active sort: keep the default order
+        if (sort_specs && sort_specs->SpecsCount > 0) {
+            const auto &spec = sort_specs->Specs[0];
+            const bool ascending = spec.SortDirection != ImGuiSortDirection_Descending;
+            std::stable_sort(patches_sorted.begin(), patches_sorted.end(),
+                [&](size_t ia, size_t ib) {
+                    const PatchData *a = &patches[ia];
+                    const PatchData *b = &patches[ib];
+                    int cmp;
+                    if (spec.ColumnUserID == PATCH_COLUMN_STATUS) {
+                        // sort by displayed status (matches the checkbox), then
+                        // by name as a tiebreaker
+                        const bool a_on = a->last_status == PatchStatus::Enabled;
+                        const bool b_on = b->last_status == PatchStatus::Enabled;
+                        if (a_on != b_on) {
+                            cmp = a_on ? -1 : 1;
+                        } else {
+                            cmp = a->name_in_lower_case.compare(b->name_in_lower_case);
+                        }
+                    } else {
+                        cmp = a->name_in_lower_case.compare(b->name_in_lower_case);
+                    }
+                    return ascending ? (cmp < 0) : (cmp > 0);
+                });
+        }
+
+        if (sort_specs) {
+            sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false;
         }
     }
 
@@ -1750,6 +1822,9 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
 
         // clear old patches
         patches.clear();
+        // drop the cached sorted view so the table rebuilds it (in default order)
+        // on the next frame
+        patches_sorted.clear();
         if (cfg::CONFIGURATOR_STANDALONE) {
             DLL_MAP.clear();
             DLL_MAP_ORG.clear();
@@ -1804,6 +1879,7 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
         bool imported = false;
         // clear old patches
         patches.clear();
+        patches_sorted.clear();
         url_fetch_errors.clear();
 
         // load patches for main dll

src/spice2x/overlay/windows/patch_manager.h

@@ -133,9 +133,18 @@ namespace overlay::windows {
         static std::vector<PatchData> patches;
         static bool local_patches_initialized;
 
+        // cached sorted view of `patches` for the table, stored as indices so a
+        // stale entry can never dangle if `patches` is rebuilt; rebuilt only when
+        // the sort order changes or the patch list is reloaded (not every frame)
+        static std::vector<size_t> patches_sorted;
+
         void config_load();
         void config_save();
 
+        // rebuild the cached sorted view of `patches` from the active table's
+        // sort specs; no-op unless the sort changed or the patch list changed
+        void update_sorted_patches();
+
         void append_patches(
             std::string &patches_json,
             bool apply_patches = false,

src/spice2x/util/deferlog.cpp

@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ namespace deferredlogs {
                 msg += "    * share this entire log file with someone for troubleshooting (log.txt)\n";
                 msg += "    * spice will also attempt to create a minidump (minidump.dmp)\n";
                 msg += "        minidump should only be shared with people you trust as it may contain\n";
-                msg += "        sensitive data (PCBID, card ID, etc)\n";
+                msg += "        sensitive data (PCBID, card ID, IP address, user name, etc)\n";
                 msg += "\n";
             }
 

src/spice2x/util/fileutils.cpp

@@ -298,5 +298,19 @@ bool fileutils::write_config_file(const std::string_view &module, const std::fil
 
     // save file
     log_info(module, "saving config file: {}", censored_display);
-    return fileutils::text_write(path, text);
+
+    // write to a .tmp file first, then atomically replace the real config — this way
+    // a crash or disk-full mid-write can't corrupt the existing config file.
+    auto path_tmp = path;
+    path_tmp += L".tmp";
+    if (!fileutils::text_write(path_tmp, text)) {
+        log_warning(module, "failed to write temp config file: {}", censored_display);
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (MoveFileExW(path_tmp.c_str(), path.c_str(), MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING | MOVEFILE_WRITE_THROUGH) == 0) {
+        log_warning(module, "MoveFileExW failed: 0x{:08x}", GetLastError());
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
 }

src/spice2x/util/utils.cpp

@@ -4,6 +4,15 @@
 
 #include "utils.h"
 
+#if !SPICE_XP
+#include <dwmapi.h>
+#ifndef DWMWA_USE_IMMERSIVE_DARK_MODE
+#define DWMWA_USE_IMMERSIVE_DARK_MODE 20
+#endif
+// older numbering used by Win10 1809..1909
+#define DWMWA_USE_IMMERSIVE_DARK_MODE_OLD 19
+#endif
+
 const char *inet_ntop(short af, const void *src, char *dst, DWORD size) {
 
     // prepare storage
@@ -124,3 +133,37 @@ void generate_ea_card(char card[17]) {
     // terminate and flush
     card[16] = 0;
 }
+
+void set_window_dark_titlebar(HWND hWnd, bool force_dark) {
+#if !SPICE_XP
+    if (hWnd == nullptr) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // AppsUseLightTheme == 0 means the dark app theme is selected
+    DWORD light = 1;
+    if (!force_dark) {
+        DWORD size = sizeof(light);
+        HKEY key;
+        if (RegOpenKeyExW(HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                L"Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Themes\\Personalize",
+                0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &key) == ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+            RegQueryValueExW(key, L"AppsUseLightTheme", nullptr, nullptr,
+                reinterpret_cast<LPBYTE>(&light), &size);
+            RegCloseKey(key);
+        }
+    }
+
+    BOOL dark = (force_dark || light == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+
+    // fall back to the older attribute numbering on Win10 1809..1909
+    if (FAILED(DwmSetWindowAttribute(hWnd, DWMWA_USE_IMMERSIVE_DARK_MODE,
+            &dark, sizeof(dark)))) {
+        DwmSetWindowAttribute(hWnd, DWMWA_USE_IMMERSIVE_DARK_MODE_OLD,
+            &dark, sizeof(dark));
+    }
+#else
+    (void) hWnd;
+    (void) force_dark;
+#endif
+}

src/spice2x/util/utils.h

@@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ static const char HEX_LOOKUP_UPPERCASE[16] = {
 
 const char *inet_ntop(short af, const void *src, char *dst, DWORD size);
 
+// make a window's native title bar follow the Windows dark/light app theme.
+// pass force_dark=true to always use the dark caption regardless of the system theme.
+void set_window_dark_titlebar(HWND hWnd, bool force_dark = false);
+
 static inline bool string_begins_with(const std::string &s, const std::string &prefix) {
     return s.compare(0, prefix.size(), prefix) == 0;
 }